HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 8279 MULBERRY BRIDGE URBAN DESIGN & LANDSCAPINGSPECIFICATIONS
AND
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
MULBERRY BRIDGE URBAN DESIGN &
LANDSCAPING
BID NO. 8279
PURCHASING DIVISION
215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS
APRIL 11, 2016 – 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK)
Financial Services
Purchasing Division
215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor
PO Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
970.221.6775
970.221.6707
fcgov.com/purchasing
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Pages
BID INFORMATION
00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2
00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9
00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3
00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1
00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2
00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3
00430 Schedule of Subcontractors 00430-1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1
00510 Notice of Award 00510-0
00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6
00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1
00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1
00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2
00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2
00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1
00650 Lien Waiver Release (Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2
00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34
Exhibit GC-A GC-A1 - GC-A2
00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1
00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1
00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2
00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4
01000 Owner Clarifications 01000-1 - 01000-25
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Date: March 25, 2016
Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at
the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on April 11, 2016, for the Mulberry
Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping; BID NO. 8279. If delivered, they are to be delivered to
215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing
address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580.
At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be
publicly opened and read aloud.
The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Bid 8279. The Work consists of
installing landscaping and urban design elements along the Mulberry Bridge corridor over the
Poudre River. Items include irrigation, plants, shrubs, trees, boulders, organic and inorganic
mulch, concrete planter pots in the median, cast-in-place concrete planter beds and concrete
pedestrian lookout pads. The project also includes mobilization, traffic control, earthwork and
site preparation, and erosion control.
All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with the City of Fort Collins,
215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524.
The City encourages all disadvantaged business enterprises to submit bid in response to all
invitations and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin.
Questions concerning the scope of the bid should be directed to Caleb Feaver, Civil Engineer
Project Manager, at (970) 416-4229 or cfeaver@fcgov.com.
Questions regarding bid submittal or process should be directed to Elliot Dale, Buyer, at
970.221.6777 or edale@fcgov.com.
All questions must be submitted in writing via email to Caleb Feaver, with a copy to Elliot
Dale, no later than 5:00 PM our clock on April 1, 2016. Questions received after this
deadline will not be answered.
Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this
meeting.
The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at:
• Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System: www.rockymountainbidsystem.com
Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents.
The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General
Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement.
REFERENCE CHECK/PRE-AWARD MEETING
The City may perform a thorough reference check prior to awarding the contract. To facilitate
this, please provide project descriptions and owner contact information for at least 3 projects
completed/still under construction within the contract amount of $250,000 or greater from the
past three years. It is the City’s preference that the reference projects used the same Contractor
Project Manager as the Contractor is proposing for this project. Bids that do not include the
required references may be deemed non-responsive.
The lowest responsive and responsible bidder may at the City’s sole discretion be required to
attend a Pre-Award Meeting with City staff prior to award of the contract.
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond
guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the
performance of the Contract.
No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening
Bids.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and
irregularities therein.
Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the
form specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have
a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material,
supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision-
making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be
rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift,
gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has
or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited.
City of Fort Collins
Gerry Paul
Purchasing Director
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.0 DEFINED TERMS
Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General
Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings
assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits
a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms
"Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to
whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an
award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including
all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to
Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the
locations identified in the Invitation to Bid.
2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither
OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations
resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430
fully executed.
2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the
above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not
confer a license or grant for any other use.
3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the
time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data,
a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of
authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each
Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where
the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the
contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in
Section 00420.
3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in
determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1)
The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the
services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the
service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the
character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder,
(4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the
previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to
the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the
bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and
adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the
ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the
subject of the contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the
bidder's performance of the contract.
3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no
just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder
who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or
finance this Work.
3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City
or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City.
4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the
Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local
conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the
Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the
Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract
Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the
Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface
and Physical Conditions SC-4.2.
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder
that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without
exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by
the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract
Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to
indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and
furnishing of the Work.
5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.
5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be
submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications
considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by
Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of
the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda
will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal
effect.
5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the
Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of
Fort Collins' Purchasing Division.
5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed
advisable by OWNER or Engineer.
5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as
having received the Bidding documents.
6.0 BID SECURITY
6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the
amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a
certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form
enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the
requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds.
6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has
executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon
Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of
Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder
will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have
reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier
of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day
after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be
returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within
seven days after the Bid opening.
7.0 CONTRACT TIME.
The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially
complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set
forth in the Agreement.
8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on
the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible
substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in
the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be
furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such
acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the
Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and
consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be
supplemented in the General Requirements.
10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal
subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained
within these Documents.
10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any
proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request
the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an
increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any
substitution, OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and
responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors.
Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom
OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the
Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to
revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as
provided in the General Conditions.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or
other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The
use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the
Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work.
11.0 BID FORM.
11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained
by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid.
11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form must
be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence.
Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums.
11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a
vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to
sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an
assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the corporate name.
11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the
partnership must be shown below the signature.
11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by
an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company
interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form.
11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers
of which must be filled in on the Bid Form).
11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations,
or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by
the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so
initialed.
11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be
shown.
12.0 BID PRICING.
Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules.
13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS.
13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and
shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid
No., and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security,
Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of
Subcontractors as required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or
other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate
envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for
receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by
addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned
unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location
designated for receipt of Bids.
13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive
consideration.
13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will
not be accepted from one firm or association.
14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS.
14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in
a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are
to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids.
14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized
representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to
the opening of Bids.
14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of
Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to
Bidders.
15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS.
Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly as
indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major
alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids.
16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE.
All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but
OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to
that date.
17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT.
17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all
informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract
terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming,
nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to
reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best
interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is
not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to
meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER.
Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct
sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether
or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit
prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of
Award.
17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the
Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and
organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider
the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees
of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work
when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist
in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and
financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other
persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and
responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the
award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the
evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the
lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for
sum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded.
17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice
of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening.
18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY.
The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's
requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers
the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required
Contract Security.
19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT.
When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied
by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written
Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall
sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached
documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter,
OWNER hall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is
to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification.
20.0 TAXES.
OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and
equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the
Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions.
21.0 RETAINAGE.
Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement.
22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS.
Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the
Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions is
available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's
office.
A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that
suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify
that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as
a fuel.
23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS.
Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be
rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid
assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid.
24.0 BID RESULTS.
For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-addressed, self-stamped
envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the
Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
PROJECT: 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping
Place:
Date:
1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated , 20 and subject to
all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company,
Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of
Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract
Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid
Schedule or Bid Schedules.
2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in
good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for
the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and
conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the
detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which
have been examined by the undersigned.
3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum
of
($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to
Bidders.
4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and
a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days
from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at
the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which
the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment Bonds is as
follows: .
5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their
individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or
appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items
listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list.
6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid
Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents.
7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. through
.
8. The undersigned Bidder shall provide three (3) completed or under construction project
references within the contract amount of $250,000 or greater from the past three (3)
years. It is the City’s preference that the reference projects use the same Project
Manager as the Contractor is proposing for this project. References shall include a brief
project description, owner contact information, and total contract value. References may
be checked by the City and bids that do not include the required references may be
deemed non-responsive:
Project 1 Name:
Brief Description:
Owner Contact Information:
Contract Value:
Project 2 Name:
Brief Description:
Owner Contact Information:
Contract Value:
Project 3 Name:
Brief Description:
Owner Contact Information:
Contract Value:
9. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)
(Please note that the Bid Schedule has also been uploaded as a separate Microsoft Excel document.)
201 -00001 CLEARING AND GRUBBING LS 1 $ -
202 -00002 REMOVE SIDEWALK SY 20 $ -
203 -00001 EARTHWORK AND SITE PREPARATION LS 1 $ -
207 -00001 POTTING SOIL IN RAISED PLANTERS CY 10.4 $ -
207 -00002 TOPSOIL (SPECIAL) AND SOIL AMENDMENT CY 923 $ -
208 -00001 INLET PROTECTION EA 9 $ -
208 -00002 EROSION LOG - 12 INCH LF 600 $ -
208 -00003 CONCRETE WASHOUT STRUCTURE EA 1 $ -
208 -00004 VEHICLE TRACKING PAD EA 1 $ -
209 -00001 WATER (MEASURED IN THOUSAND GALLONS) M GALLONS 10 $ -
212 -00001 SEEDING SF 20,815 $ -
213 -00001 STEEL LANDSCAPE EDGING LF 2,590 $ -
213 -00002 COBBLE MULCH - 1.5 INCH TO 4 INCH AND WEED BARRIER TON 86 $ -
213 -00003 COBBLE MULCH - 3 INCH TO 6 INCH AND WEED BARRIER TON 67 $ -
213 -00004 COBBLE MULCH - 8 INCH TO 12 INCH AND WEED BARRIER TON 110 $ -
213 -00005 WOOD (ORGANIC) MULCH - HAUL AND PLACE CY 150 $ -
213 -00006 WOOD (ORGANIC) MULCH - MATERIAL ONLY CY 150 $ -
213 -00007 BOULDER (SANDSTONE) - 'A' BOULDER (24X24X48) EA 31 $ -
213 -00008 BOULDER (SANDSTONE) - 'B' BOULDER (24X24X36) EA 43 $ -
213 -00009 BOULDER (SANDSTONE) - 'C' BOULDER (24X24X24) EA 35 $ -
213 -00010 BOULDER (SANDSTONE) - 'D' BOULDER (20X18X18) EA 10 $ -
214 -00001 PERENNIALS EA 621 $ -
214 -00002 ORNAMENTAL GRASSES EA 323 $ -
214 -00003 SHRUBS - 1 GALLON EA 52 $ -
214 -00004 SHRUBS - 3 GALLON EA 16 $ -
214 -00005 SHRUBS - 5 GALLON EA 358 $ -
214 -00006 SHRUBS - 10 GALLON EA 9 $ -
ITEM NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT COST COST
The City reserves the right to award to the lowest responsive and responsible vendor based on
the Base Bid only or base bid plus Bid Alternate 1.
214 -00007 SHRUBS - 4 FOOT HEIGHT EA 4 $ -
214 -00008 DECIDUOUS SHADE TREE - 2.5 INCH CALIPER EA 32 $ -
214 -00009 ORNAMENTAL TREE - 6 FOOT CLUMP EA 14 $ -
214 -00010 ORNAMENTAL TREE - 2 INCH CALIPER EA 31 $ -
214 -00011 EVERGREEN TREE - 6 FOOT HEIGHT EA 3 $ -
214 -00012 EVERGREEN TREE - 15 GALLON EA 25 $ -
601 -00001 RAISED CONCRETE PLANTERS EA 2 $ -
607 -00001 FENCE (PLASTIC) LF 170 $ -
608 -00001 CONCRETE SIDEWALK - 6 INCH SY 20 $ -
608 -00002 CONCRETE FLATWORK (COLORED) - 6 INCH SY 135 $ -
608 -00003 TRENCH DRAIN LF 23 $ -
622 -00001 TYPE I CONCRETE PLANTER POT EA 10 $ -
622 -00002 TYPE II CONCRETE PLANTER POT EA 10 $ -
622 -00003 TYPE III CONCRETE PLANTER POT EA 8 $ -
623 -00001 IRRIGATION LS 1 $ -
623 -00002 IRRIGATION TAP, METER AND BACKFLOW LS 1 $ -
626 -00001 MOBILIZATION LS 1 $ -
630 -00001 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 $ -
$ -
623 -00003 IRRIGATION - SPRAY (NORTHEAST QUADRANT) LS 1 $ -
623 -00004 IRRIGATION - SPRAY (SOUTHEAST QUADRANT) LS 1 $ -
$ -
TOTAL BASE BID
BID ALTERNATE 1
TOTAL BID ALTERNATE 1
IN WORDS
10. PRICES
The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal,
dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the
several kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change
quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so
long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total
Agreement Price.
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
CONTRACTOR
BY:
Printed Date
Title
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:
Address
Telephone
Email
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Subcontractors
SECTION 00410
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned
as Principal, and , as Surety, are hereby held and firmly
bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $
for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind
ourselves, successors, and assigns.
THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City
of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a
Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban
Design & Landscaping.
NOW THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the
form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and
shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all
persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all
other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being
expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims
hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein
stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety
and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which
the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such
extension.
Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of
Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals
this day of , 20__, and such of them as are corporations have caused
their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper
officers, the day and year first set forth above.
PRINCIPAL SURETY
Name:
Address:
By: By:
Title: Title:
ATTEST:
By:
(SEAL) (SEAL)
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This
statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached
sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires.
1. Name of Bidder:
2. Permanent main office address:
3. When organized:
4. If a corporation, where incorporated:
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present
firm or trade name?
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the
appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
7. General character of Work performed by your company:
8. Have you, or a firm for which you were principal, ever failed to complete any Work
awarded to you?________ ___________________________________
If so, where and why?____________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
9. Have you, or a firm for which you were a principal, ever defaulted on a contract?
________________________ _______________________
If so, where and why?___________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
10. Are you, or a firm for which you were principal, debarred by any government agency?
______________________ _________________________________________
If yes list agency name._________________________________________
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the
approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of
construction.
12. List your major equipment available for this contract.
13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project:
14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including
officers:
15. Credit available: $
16. Bank Reference:
17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other
information that may be required by the OWNER?
18. Are you licensed as a General Contractor?
If yes, in what city, county and state?
What class, license and numbers?
19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract?
If yes, what percent of total contract?
And to whom?
20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?
IF yes, DETAIL
21. The City of Fort Collins requires General Liability coverage of $1,000,000 and
Automotive Liability of $1,000,000. Can you meet these requirements?
What Company is your insurance carrier?_____________________________________
22. What are your company's bonding limitations?
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to
furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising
this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications.
Dated at ________________ this ______ day of __________________, 20__.
Company:
By: Printed:
Title:
State of
County of
being duly sworn deposes and says that he
is of
(Name) (Organization)
and that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true
and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this _______ day of____________, 20__.
(Seal)
Notary Public
My commission expires: .
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over
15% of the contract.
ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR
SECTION 00500
AGREEMENT FORMS
00510 Notice of Award
00520 Agreement
00530 Notice to Proceed
SECTION 00510
NOTICE OF AWARD
DATE: [Date]
TO: [Contractor]
PROJECT: 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER")
You are hereby notified that your Bid dated [Contractor's Bid Date] for the above project has
been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an
Agreement for 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping.
The Price of your Agreement is ($ ).
Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany
this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise
made available to you immediately.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of
this Notice of Award, that is by [Date].
1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement
including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your
signature on the cover of the page.
2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as
specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and
Supplementary Conditions.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider
your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited.
Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1)
fully-signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:
Gerry Paul
Purchasing Director
SECTION 00520
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the [Day] day of [Month] in the year of 20[Year] and shall be
effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City.
The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and
[Contractor] (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR)
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,
agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may
be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the 8279 Mulberry
Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping and is generally described in Section
01010.
ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER
The Project has been designed by BHA Design Incorporated, 1603 Oakridge
Drive, Fort Collins, CO 80525. The City of Fort Collins Engineering Department
is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and
responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in
the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES
3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Completed by the Contractor, in
accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions, as evidenced by the
issuance of certificate of Substantial Completion within sixty (60) calendar
days after Notice to Proceed.
3.2 The Work must be completed by the Contractor and ready for final payment
in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions within ten (10)
calendar days after Substantial Completion.
3.3 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is
of the essence under this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial
loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1
and 3.2 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with
Article 12 of the General Conditions.
They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in
proving in a legal preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work
is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,
OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as Liquidated Damages for delay
(but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set
forth hereafter.
1) Substantial Completion:
One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) for each calendar day or fraction thereof
after the date of Substantial Completion as provided in Section 3.1 above.
2) Final Acceptance:
One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) for each calendar day or fraction thereof
that after the date of Final Acceptance as provided in Section 3.2 above.
ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows:
Dollars ($ ), in accordance with Section 00300, attached and
incorporated herein by this reference.
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article
14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by
ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.
5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on
account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application
for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during
construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis
of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values
established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of
Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in
accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work.
5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, Owner will be entitled to withhold as
contract retainage five percent (5%) of each progress payment, but, in each
case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such
amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in
accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. If , in the sole
discretion of Owner, on recommendation of Engineer, Owner determines
that the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to
OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER may determine that as long as the
character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will
be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the
remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an
amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 95% of materials and
equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and
accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in
paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the
application Section 00520 Page 3 for payment.
5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount
sufficient, if necessary, to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to
95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall
determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of
the General Conditions or as provided by law.
5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in
accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall
pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER
as provided in said paragraph 14.13.
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes
the following representations:
6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the
Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and
Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress,
performance or furnishing of the Work.
6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of
subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are
identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of
the General Conditions.
6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes
responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to
supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise
may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as
CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of
the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in
accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents,
including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General
Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations,
tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required
by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown
or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes
responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies
or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are
or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the
Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance
with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including
specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions.
6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,
examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors
or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the
written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the
definition of “Contract Documents” in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions,
and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related
actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract
Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are
not limited to, the following:
7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion
7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance
7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases
7.2.4 Consent of Surety
7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate
7.2.6 Application for Payment
7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows:
CONSTRUCTION PLANS (Index of Sheets)
1-4 EROSION CONTROL, SITE PLAN, GRADING
5-8 LANDSCAPE PLAN
9-11 LANDSCAPE DETAILS
12-17 IRRIGATION PLAN
18-20 IRRIGATION DETAILS
The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and
dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated.
7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive.
7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other
documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract
Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated
by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be
amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6
of the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General
Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the
Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the
written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not
without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due
may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the
effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically
stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no
assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or
responsibility under the Contract Document.
8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors,
assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners,
successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,
Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document.
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR: [CONTRACTOR]
By: By:
DARIN ATTEBERRY, CITY MANAGER
PRINTED
By:
GERRY PAUL Title:
PURCHASING DIRECTOR
Date: Date:
Attest: (CORPORATE SEAL)
City Clerk
Address for giving notices:
P. O. Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522 Attest:
Approved as to Form Address for giving notices:
Assistant City Attorney
License No.:
SECTION 00530
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Description of Work: 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping
To: [Contractor]
This notice is to advise you:
That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received
by the OWNER.
That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents.
Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and
directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from receipt of this notice as
required by the Agreement.
Dated this day of , 20 .
The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be , 20_ and
, 20__, respectively.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:
Title:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of
, 20__.
CONTRACTOR: [Contractor]
By:
Title:
SECTION 00600
BONDS AND CERTIFICATES
00610 Performance Bond
00615 Payment Bond
00630 Certificate of Insurance
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR)
00660 Consent of Surety
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(firm)
(address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300
Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as
the "OWNER", in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United States,
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a
certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the [Day] day of [Month], 20[Year], a copy of which
is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins
Project, 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the
undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the
original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or
without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall
satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and
save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure
to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER
may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in
full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the
Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way
affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension
of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the
Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in
the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of
which shall be deemed an original, this _____ day of _____ ____, 20__.
IN PRESENCE OF: Principal
(Title) (Title)
(Corporate Seal)
(Address)
IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners
_____________________________ By:
_____________________________ By:
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety
_____________________________ By:_____________________________________
_____________________________
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is
Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
SECTION 00615
PAYMENT BOND
Bond No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(firm)
(address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins,
300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to
as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United
States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a
certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the [Day] day of [Month], 20[Year], a copy of which
is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins
Project, 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors,
and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work
provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including
all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools,
consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance
premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the
Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way
affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension
of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the
Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in
the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts,
each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20__.
IN PRESENCE OF: Principal
(Title) (Title)
(Corporate Seal)
(Address)
IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners
_____________________________ By:
_____________________________ By:
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety
_____________________________ By:_____________________________________
_____________________________
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is
Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
SECTION 00630
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance in accordance
with the following requirements:
1. The Contractor will provide, from insurance companies acceptable to the City, the
insurance coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs. Before commencing work
under this bid, the Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance showing
the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and date of expiration of
policies, and containing substantially the following statement:
“The insurance evidenced by this Certificate will not reduce coverage or limits and
will not be cancelled, except after thirty (30) days written notice has been received
by the City of Fort Collins.”
In case of the breach of any provision of the Insurance Requirements, the City, at its
option, may take out and maintain, at the expense of the Contractor, such insurance as
the City may deem proper and may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies
which may be due or become due the Contractor under this Agreement. The City, its
officers, agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds on the Contractor
's general liability and automobile liability insurance policies for any claims arising out of
work performed under this Agreement.
2. Insurance coverages shall be as follows:
A. Workers' Compensation & Employer's Liability. The Contractor shall maintain
during the life of this Agreement for all of the Contractor's employees engaged in
work performed under this agreement:
1. Workers' Compensation insurance with statutory limits as required by
Colorado law.
2. Employer's Liability insurance with limits of $100,000 per accident,
$500,000 disease aggregate, and $100,000 disease each employee.
B. Commercial General & Vehicle Liability. The Contractor shall maintain during the
life of this Agreement such commercial general liability and automobile liability
insurance as will provide coverage for damage claims of personal injury, including
accidental death, as well as for claims for property damage, which may arise
directly or indirectly from the performance of work under this Agreement.
Coverage for property damage shall be on a "broad form" basis. The amount of
insurance for each coverage, Commercial General and Vehicle, shall not be less
than $1,000,000 combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage.
In the event any work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for
any liability directly or indirectly arising out of the work performed under this Agreement by a
subcontractor, which liability is not covered by the subcontractor's insurance
SECTION 00635
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER)
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: 8279 Mulberry Bridge
Urban Design & Landscaping
PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado
INCLUDE:
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
CONTRACTOR: [Contractor]
CONTRACT DATE: [Date]
The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of
the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project or specified part of the
project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date.
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be
exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
DATE
The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to
complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated.
CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
DATE
The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and
will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on
. The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under
the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By:
OWNER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
DATE
REMARKS:
SECTION 00640
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
, 20__
TO: [Contractor]
Gentlemen:
You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20__, the City of
Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by [Contractor] for the City of Fort
Collins project, 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping.
A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final
Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated
[Contract Date].
In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees
will continue for the specified time from the following date:____________ _, 20__.
Sincerely,
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Title:
SECTION 00650
LIEN WAIVER RELEASE
(CONTRACTOR)
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER)
FROM: [Contractor] (CONTRACTOR)
PROJECT: 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the
OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the
CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the above described project.
2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives
all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims
(40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights
which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any
work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction,
design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against
the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the
possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the
buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project.
3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or
performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of
the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents,
employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various
Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further
affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or
possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the
OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its
officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any,
and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the
CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns
against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns
arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys
fees, incurred as a result of such claims.
5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and
adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release
pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and
may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and
material bonds for the project.
Signed this day of , 20__.
CONTRACTOR: [CONTRACTOR]
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Secretary
STATE OF COLORADO )
)ss.
COUNTY OF LARIMER )
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20__,
by .
Witness my hand and official seal.
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
SECTION 00660
CONSENT OF SURETY
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER")
CONTRACTOR: [Contractor]
PROJECT: 8279 Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping
CONTRACT DATE: [Date]
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
as indicated above, for .
(Surety)
on bond of
hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to
the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the
OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this
day of , 20____ .
(Surety Company)
By:
ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact.
SECTION 00670
APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Special Notice
Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes
in procedure:
The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors. Only
prime contractors will receive a Contractor’s Exemption Certificate on exempt projects.
Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor
involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor’s name and address and
signing it.
The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all
Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime
contractor’s place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in
the event of an audit.
Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any
applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For
instance, if you were assigned 89-12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should
contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeeding numbers will be issued by the
Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this
may delay processing of your application.
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Conditions of the Contract
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the
Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins
modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below.
SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions.
4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions
at the site of the Work:
N/A
Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the
geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or
opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the
report.
B. 4.2.1.2.1 No drawing of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or
subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in Paragraph
4.3) which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized by the Engineer in
preparation of the Contract Documents, except the following:
N/A
SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability
A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the
General Conditions listed below are as follows:
5.4.1 and 5.4.2
Coverage A - Statutory Limits
Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000
5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of
$1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage
for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the
Owner.
5.4.6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have
limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
5.4.9 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability
coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
SECTION 00900
ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT
00950 Contract Change Order
00960 Application for Payment
SECTION 00950
CHANGE ORDER NO.
PROJECT TITLE: Mulberry Bridge Urban Design & Landscaping
CONTRACTOR: [Contractor]
PROJECT NUMBER: 8279
DESCRIPTION:
1. Reason for change:
2. Description of Change:
3. Change in Contract Cost:
4. Change in Contract Time:
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00
TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER .00
TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER .00
TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER .00
TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER %
TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT %
ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ .00
(Assuming all change orders approved)
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Contractor's Representative
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Project Manager
REVIEWED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Purchasing Agent over $30,000
cc: City Clerk Contractor Engineer
Project File Architect Purchasing
Section 00960
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 1 OF 4
OWNER: City of Fort Collins PROJECT: APPLICATION NUMBER:
APPLICATION DATE:
PERIOD BEGINNING:
ENGINEER: CONTRACTOR: PERIOD ENDING:
PROJECT NUMBER:
CHANGE ORDERS Application is made for Payment as shown below in connection with Contract
NUMBER DATE AMOUNT
The present status of the account for this Contract is as
follows:
1
2 Original Contract Amount:
3 Net Change by Change Order:
Current contract Amount: $0.00
Total Completed and Stored to Date:
Less Previous Applications:
Amount Due this Application - Before Retainage: $0.00
Less Retainage:
Net Change by Change Order $0.00 AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $0.00
CERTIFICATION:
The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with
the Work have been satisfied as required in Paragraph 14.3. of the General Conditions of the Contract.
The above Amount Due This Application is requested by the CONTRACTOR.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is recommended by the ENGINEER.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application has been reviewed by the OWNER'S Project Manager.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is approved by the OWNER.
Date: By:
CONTRACT AMOUNTS
APPLICATION FOR
PAYMENT PAGE 2 OF 4
Work
Completed
Work
Completed
Work
Completed Stored
Bid
This
Month
Previous
Periods
To
Date Materials Total
Item This Earned Percent
Number Description Quantity Units
Unit
Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period
To
Date Billed
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
CHANGE ORDERS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 3 OF 4
Work
Completed
Work
Completed
Work
Completed Stored
Bid
This
Month
Previous
Periods
To
Date Materials Total
Item This Earned Percent
Number Description Quantity Units
Unit
Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period
To
Date Billed
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
TOTALS CHANGE
ORDERS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
PROJECT TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
STORED MATERIALS
SUMMARY PAGE 4 OF 4
On Hand Received Installed On Hand
Item Invoice Previous This This This
Number Number Description Application Period Period Application
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
SECTION 01000
OWNER CLARIFICATIONS
Owner Clarifications to Vendor Questions:
1) Is there a plastic liner in the medians? If the liner is in conflict with plantings or irrigation, will
the contractor be responsible for relocating the liner?
There is a plastic liner around and under the medians. See attached median detail
from the CDOT project plan set and attached photos taken during installation. The
City does not anticipate conflict with irrigation and/or planting. The Contractor will
be responsible for locating the liner prior to excavation and installation. The
Contractor will be responsible for notifying the City immediately if a conflict is
anticipated once the liner is located.
Attachment: Sheet 184 from CDOT Mulberry Bridge Plan Set. Detail 3 shows
location of median liner (10 MIL PLASTIC VISQUINE)
2) Will the City survey/locate the sleeve locations for the contractor?
Please see attached as-built drawings provided by the Colorado Department of
Transportation for irrigation conduits. Surveying is not anticipated as part of the
project.
Attachment: Irrigation Sleeve As-Builts (3 sheets)
3) Please clarify where the controller power location is on the plans, or how far away from the
controller it is.
Please see attached irrigation plan sheet with notations for approximate irrigation
controller location and approximate power source location.
Attachment: Mulberry St over Poudre River – Phase 2 Landscape Plan – Sheet L3
of 11 (with markups)
4) Will substitutions be allowed for the Plater Pots if another precast provider can be sourced
that can replicate the design and dimensions specified for the concrete planters in the plans
or is it mandatory to source the planters from Kornegay Designs?
The City will entertain Contractor submittals for equivalent planter pots from
different suppliers. Approval of equivalent materials will be subject to review by
the City and BHA Design. Please reference Revision of Section 622 – Planter Pots
for additional information.
5) TECS (Erosion control requirements) page 84 of the contract – In section 208 it specifies
“when included in contract” a ECS supervisor with TECS certification is required. Can I
receive clarification if a supervisor with TECS will be required for this project. If so which line
item(s) should be used to include the cost of the ECS supervisor.
An erosion control supervisor with TECS certification will not be required as part
of the project. However, it is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure erosion
control and BMPs are installed and maintained throughout the duration of the
project in accordance with the erosion control plan as well as Local, State, and
Federal regulations.
6) Health & Safety Officer (HSO) & Monitoring Technician (MT) Page 86-100 of the contract –
Are HSO and MT required for this project? On page 100 of the contract it specifies line items
for their cost but these line items are not included in the bid.
HSO and MT are not required as part of the project.
7) Traffic Control lane allowance cost clarification page 9 of the contract – In the contract the
wording is the following for the lane rental fee:
Subsection 104.04 shall include the following:
(a) Approved Lane Rental Fee. The Contractor shall pay a daily lane rental fee for
lane closures as defined by approved traffic control plans on East Mulberry Street
during construction.
The Contractor will be granted a lane rental allowance of fifty five (55) lane-days
for which no deduction will be made from monies due the Contractor. Lane rental
fees for all lane-days in excess of fifty five (55) will be deducted from any monies
due the Contractor for work performed.
Does this mean we have 55 days of lane closures that will have the 500 dollar lane closure
cost applied? Then if we exceed the 55 days of lane closures we will be billed the daily lane
closure fee of 500?
The Contractor will have an allowance of fifty five lane-days of approved lane
closures for this project. Approved lane rental fees will not be charged as long as
there is a positive lane-day closure allowance. Every approved lane-day closure
up and above the project allowance will result in a deduction of five hundred
dollars ($500) from payment due to the Contractor.
Owner Clarifications Resulting in Additional Bid Documents:
A. In order to help clarify what will be required from the Contractor in relation to the irrigation
water tap, meter, and backflow preventer, the City has provided the following details and
specifications:
a. Detail 11 – Typical Water Service
b. Detail 13 – Sprinkler System Detail
c. Detail 15 – Standard Exterior Setting for 3/4 In. and 1 In. Water Meters
d. Section 02646 – Water Service Line and Appurtenances
e. Section 02650 – Meters and Appurtenances
B
BLOCK CAP. USE GROUT
TO SECURE CAP IN PLACE,
RE: SPECS
9", TYP.
RETAINED SOIL
WELL GRADED GRANULAR
WALL ROCK 0.25" - 1.5"
LESS THAN 10% FINES
HOLD SUBGRADE DOWN
3" FROM TOP OF RETAINING
WALL TO ALLOW
FOR MULCH
MULCH & WEED BARRIER, BY OTHERS
EXPOSED WALL HEIGHT VARIES
SEE SHEET L33
NOTE:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FLAG PROPOSED WALL LOCATIONS FOR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO REVIEW AND APPROVE PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION OF WALL.
2. EXPOSURE OF THE BACK OF MASONRY LANDSCAPE WALL (DRY STACK) SHALL BE LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM OF ONE COURSE OF WALL UNITS
PLUS THE CAP. THIS IS MEASURED FROM THE FINISH GRADE OF THE MULCH (BY OTHERS) ON THE BACK OF THE WALL.
DRY STACK
MASONRY WALL
UNITS
ALLAN BLOCK
WALL BATTER
FROM VERTICAL
FINISHED
GRADE
4"
EMBEDMENT
DEPTH
6:1
2:1
STEPPED WALL COURSE BEYOND
COMPACTED STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS1)
CDOT CLASS "A" FILTER MATERIAL
7:1 7:1
NOTE:
1. TOP SOIL SHALL BE LEFT 3" BELOW TOP BACK OF
CURB TO ACCOMMODATE FUTURE LANDSCAPING
& MULCH.
4" PERFORATED PIPE WRAPPED
WITH WEED BARRIER
COMPACTED FILL
10 MIL PLASTIC VISQUINE
SUBGRADE
MEDIAN WIDTH VARIES
36"
TOPSOIL (SPECIAL)
FUTURE DOUBLE CURB,
NOT INCLUDED
CURB/GUTTER,
RE: ROADWAY PLANS
18" TYP.
SAW-CUT JOINTS,(SEE LAYOUT PLAN FOR JOINT
LOCATIONS)
NOTES:
1. CONCRETE PAVEMENT SHALL SLOPE TO DRAIN,
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, PROVIDE 2% CROSS
IRRIGATION SLEEVE AS-BUILTS (1 OF 3)
IRRIGATION SLEEVE AS-BUILTS (2 OF 3)
IRRIGATION SLEEVE AS-BUILTS (3 OF 3)
4940
LEMAY AVENUE
WEST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
EAST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
LEMAY AVENUE
3 CA SP
6 MI PU
5 SY OR
5 GE VI
5 GA CG 3 AR ME
7 AG CR
3 BO GR
3 PI MU
3 SY OR
5 CA IN
3 YU GL
3 PI GL
5 GE VI
3 AR FR
3 YU GL
3 CO MB
5 SA NE
3 VE CR
5 PE AL
3 CO MB
3 YU GL
2 AG CR
5 PE AL
3 NE LT
3 AR FR
3 CO MB
3 CA IN
3 NE LT
3 BO GR
3 AG SS
3 CO MB
3 YU GL
3 PE PI
3 AR FR
2 BO GR
3 PI GL
5 LA HI
3 SE AJ
5 AG SS
5 PE AL
4 PO DE
4 PO AC
5 PO DE
3 PI PO
3 SY IS
5 AC HW
5 AR PA
5 AR FR
1 AR CA
3 AR CA
3 YU GL
2 PI MV
5 JU BS
MULBERRY ST OVER POUDRE RIVER (PAGE 2 OF 2)
WATER MAIN
GENERAL NOTES
5. No couplings allowed between curb stop and meter setting.
9 . All water and sanitary sewer service shall have a minimum
horizontal separation of ten feet .
3. Locate curb box and meter pit according to the approved utility drawings.
8. All residential water service shall be installed in the center of the lot
unless otherwise approved by the Utility.
1 . Use direct tap (as shown) for 3/4 inch and 1 inch services unless water main is PVC,
in which case, use a tapping saddle .
2. Install 1 1/2 inch and 2 inch services
with tapped tee and corporation stop at time of
construction or use a tapping saddle .
4. The City is responsible for maintaining the water main, corporation stop, and service piping
up to and including the curb stop . The owner is responsible for service from the
curb stop, including the outlet coupling to the building .
6 . Use type K copper for the service from the corporation stop to a minimum of 5 feet
past the meter pit.
7. No landscaping (shrubs, boulders, etc.), retaining walls or fences allowed within 4 feet
of the curb stop and meter pit, and no trees within 10 feet of curb and meter pit.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITIES
WATER FIELD OPERATIONS
P .O . BOX 580, FORT COLLINS, CO . 80522
(970) 221-8700
TITLE OF DRAWING
TYPICAL WATER SERVICE
REVISED DATE:
7/27/05
DETAIL
11
DETAIL 11
DETAIL 13
DETAIL 15
DEVELOPMENT Water Service Lines and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02646-1
SECTION 02646
WATER SERVICE LINES AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section concerns materials and installation of corporation stops, curb stops,
service lines less than two (2) inches in size, backflow prevention assemblies, stop &
waste valves and appurtenances.
1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Products shall be handled, stored, and protected in a manner which will prevent
damage to materials, coatings and finishes.
B. All material shall be kept clean and free from dirt.
1.03 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE TAPS
A. Reference Typical Water Service Detail for 5/8 x 3/4-inch through 2-inch services.
1. All residential water service shall be installed in the center of the lot unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer/Utility.
2. All water and sanitary sewer services shall have a minimum horizontal
separation of ten feet.
B. Contractors licensed by City for utility work in the public right-of-way shall be allowed
to make service taps on new water mains which have been initially accepted.
C. Contractor shall not make service taps on existing water mains without permission
from the Engineer/Utility.
1. Engineer/Utility may authorize Contractor to make service taps or to use a
licensed or authorized tapping Contractor to make service taps on existing
mains. The Engineer/Utility representative will observe the tapping
operation.
2. The Engineer/Utility shall be notified twenty-four (24) hours before making a
tap.
D. Utility reserves the right to make taps in lieu of Contractor and the right to deny
permission for any main to be tapped.
E. Tapping equipment shall be of good quality, used for the purpose intended and used
DEVELOPMENT Water Service Lines and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02646-2
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
F. All ¾-inch and 1-inch taps, on ductile iron pipe, shall be installed by direct tapping.
G. On ductile iron pipe, 1 ½-inch and 2-inch taps shall be installed by one of the
following methods:
1. Taps on new construction shall be a mechanical joint tapped tee with an iron
pipe thread inlet corporation.
2. Taps on existing lines shall be made with a tapping saddle.
H. Service connections larger than 2-inch shall be installed by one of the following
methods:
1. Reference Sections 02644 and 02713.
I. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer/Utility, all taps on plastic pressure pipe shall
be made with a tapping saddle in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
1.04 MAINTENANCE AND CORRECTION
A. Developer shall maintain and repair all service lines and any associated
appurtenances which leak, were installed incorrectly, or otherwise prove to be
defective. Developer shall provide a two-year (2) maintenance guarantee and a five-
year (5) guarantee covering all errors and omissions in the design and/or
construction of the improvements and which guarantees shall run concurrently and
shall commence upon the date of completion of the improvements and acceptance
thereof by the City.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 TAPPING SADDLES
A. Tapping saddles for 2-inch and smaller services shall have either a bronze or brass
body with bronze double flat straps and bronze nuts.
1. Outlet threads on tapping saddles shall be "cc" type.
2. Acceptable manufacturers of tapping saddles are:
a. Reference Section 01000.
2.02 CORPORATION STOPS
DEVELOPMENT Water Service Lines and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02646-3
A. All corporation stops shall conform to AWWA C800.
1. All corporation stops shall be constructed of brass.
2. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapping saddles shall be "cc" type.
3. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapped tees shall be IP type.
4. All corporation stop outlets shall use a compression connection.
5. All corporation stops shall be ball type valves only.
6. Corporation stops shall be used for all taps which are 2-inches and smaller.
7. Corporation stops shall have uniform size on inlet and outlet.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of corporation stops are:
1. Reference Section 01000.
2.03 WATER SERVICE LINES
A. Copper pipe shall be used for service lines 3/4” and 1” and may be used for 1-1/2”
and 2” service lines.
B. All copper services shall conform to the Appendix to AWWA C800.
1. The copper for copper services shall be Type K.
C. DR 9 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe may be used for 1-½inch and 2 inch
services instead of copper.
1. HDPE pipe shall conform to ASTM D2737 Copper Tube Size (CTS).
2. Stiffeners are required when making a compression connection on HDPE pipe.
2.04 COUPLINGS
A. All couplings shall use a compression connection.
B. Acceptable couplings are:
1. Reference Section 01000.
2.05 CURB STOPS
DEVELOPMENT Water Service Lines and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02646-4
A. All curb stops shall have compression connections at both ends.
B. Top threads for all curb stops shall be Minneapolis type.
C. Curb stops shall be used for services which are 2-inches and smaller.
D. Curb stops shall be ball type valves only.
E. Curb stops shall not be of the “Stop & Waste” type.
F. Acceptable curb stops are:
1. Reference Section 01000.
G. Acceptable 2-inch curb stops are:
1. Reference Section 01000.
2.06 CURB BOXES FOR CURB STOPS
A. Minneapolis pattern base shall be used for all curb stops.
B. Acceptable curb boxes are:
1. Reference Section 01000.
2.07 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES FOR 3-INCH AND LARGER SERVICES
A. Reference Section 02640
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall make all taps and install the service line to the curb stop prior to
disinfection and pressure testing of the water main.
B. The Contractor shall adjust stop boxes to horizontal location and to final grade as
determined by a grade stake.
1. Grade stakes shall be a placed a minimum of five feet from the location of
the stop box.
2. Grade stakes shall not be disturbed prior to inspection of the service by the
Engineer/Utility.
DEVELOPMENT Water Service Lines and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02646-5
C. The Contractor shall mark the location of the water service with a cross cut into the
face of the curb and gutter.
1. Reference Typical Water Service Detail Drawing.
3.02 CORPORATION STOPS
A. Taps shall not be made within two feet of any joint or fitting.
B. Taps shall be separated by a minimum of three feet (3’) (measured along the pipe
length), even when taps are made on opposite sides of pipe.
C. Taps which are made on the same side of the pipe and within 10 feet of each other
(measured along the pipe length), shall be staggered fifteen degrees.
D. Taps made to plastic pressure pipe shall be made in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
1. Use tapping saddles only.
2. Use shell cutters to make tap.
3.03 SERVICE LINES
A. All service lines shall be a minimum of 54 inches and a maximum of 66 inches below
the final grade.
B. There will be a maximum of one coupling per service, between the main and the
curb stop.
1. Service lines (3/4-in. through 2") shall be uniform in size from the corporation
stop to 5 feet past the meter.
2. An exterior meter setting will be required if the customer's service line is not
uniform in size from the corporation stop to the building.
C. When backfilling the service trench, sand shall be used under and 6-inches above
the goose neck at the service connection.
1. Sand shall conform to ASTM C 33.
SIZE PERCENT PASSING
1" 100
3/4" 90-100
3/8" 20- 55
#4 0- 10
#8 0-5
DEVELOPMENT Water Service Lines and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02646-6
D. Service trenches shall be subject to compaction specifications.
1. Reference Section 02225.
E. All commercial service lines shall be protected by a backflow prevention assembly
per the most recent Cross-Connection Control Manual adopted by City Council. This
shall include domestic, fire and lawn irrigation service lines
3.04 CURB STOPS
A. The Contractor shall adjust the curb stop box to ½-inch above final grade prior to
final inspection.
B. Curb stop box shall be screwed onto the curb stop.
C. Curb stop box shall be plumb, so that a shut-off key can be placed on the curb stop.
D. Major landscaping (shrubs, boulders, etc.) and structures (retaining walls, fences,
buildings, etc.) shall not be placed within four (4) feet of the curb stop box.
1. Trees shall not be planted with six feet (6’) of the curb stop box.
E. If the grade of the ground surrounding the curb stop box is changed, after the curb
stop box has been installed, the curb stop box cover shall be adjusted to ½-inch
above final grade.
3.05 SERVICE AND TAP INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall insure that the curb stop, corporation stop, and any couplings
remain exposed until after the inspection and the approval for backfill is given by the
Engineer/Utility.
B. All tap and service inspections shall be scheduled with the Engineer/Utility.
1. Without exception, a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours notice is required on
all tap and service inspections.
END OF SECTION
DEVELOPMENT Meters and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02650-1
SECTION 02650
METERS AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section concerns materials and installation of meters, meter setters, meter pits
and appurtenances.
1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Products shall be handled, stored, and protected in a manner which will prevent
damage to materials, coatings and finishes.
B. All material shall be kept clean and free from dirt.
1.03 MAINTENANCE AND CORRECTION
A. Contractor shall maintain and repair all meter pits, copperhorns, coppersetters and
any associated appurtenances which leak, were installed incorrectly, or otherwise
prove to be defective.
B. Developer shall provide a two-year (2) maintenance guarantee and a five-year (5)
guarantee covering all errors and omissions in the design and/or construction of the
improvements and which guarantees shall run concurrently and shall commence
upon the date of completion of the improvements and acceptance thereof by the
City.
1.04 METER SETTERS
A. Contractor shall furnish meter setters for 5/8 x 3/4-inch, 1-inch, 1 ½-inch, and 2-inch
meters.
1. Single family and duplex residential buildings may utilize interior or exterior
meter settings.
a. Single family and duplex residential buildings with fire lines shall use
exterior meter settings. The fire line connection shall be downstream
of the meter box.
b. No meters shall be installed in crawl spaces.
2. Multi-family residential buildings shall use exterior meter settings.
3. Commercial buildings shall have meters installed as follows:
DEVELOPMENT Meters and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02650-2
a. All 5/8 x 3/4-inch and 1-inch meters may use an exterior or interior
meter setting, at the option of the Developer.
b. All 1 ½-inch and larger meters shall use an exterior setting.
4. Interior meter settings shall be installed in accordance with Standard Interior
Setting For ¾” and 1” Water Meters Detail Drawing.
5. Exterior meter settings for 5/8 x 3/4-inch and 1-inch meters shall be installed
in accordance with Standard Exterior Setting For ¾” and 1” Water Meters
Detail Drawing.
6. Exterior meter settings for 1 ½-inch and 2-inch meters shall be installed in
accordance with Standard Setting For 1 ½” and 2” Water Meters Detail
Drawings.
1.05 METER BOXES (3/4 AND 1 INCH METERS)
A. Contractor shall install 5/8 x 3/4-inch and 1-inch meter boxes.
1. Meter boxes shall be a minimum of 20-inches in diameter, a minimum of 48-
inches in length.
2. Meter box covers shall be constructed of cast iron with cast iron recessed lids and
rubber or plastic inner lids.
3. Meter boxes shall be installed in accordance with Standard Exterior Setting
For ¾” and 1” Water Meters Detail Drawing.
1.06 METER PITS (1 ½ AND 2-INCH METERS)
A. Contractor shall install 1 ½-inch and 2-inch meters pits.
1. Meter pits shall be constructed from standard 48-inch inside diameter
precast concrete manhole sections.
2. Meter pit covers shall be an aluminum manhole ring and cover with a 24-inch
diameter opening.
a. All meter pit covers shall have a 27/32-inch worm-lock with a
Standard Waterworks pentagon head.
b. All meter pit covers shall have the word "water" cast in the lid.
c. Meter pits shall be installed in accordance with Standard Setting for 1
½” and 2” Water Meters Detail Drawings No. 16-A and No. 16-B.
DEVELOPMENT Meters and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02650-3
1.07 METER VAULTS (3" AND LARGER METERS)
A. Contractor shall install 3-inch and larger meters and meter vaults.
1. Meter pits and vaults shall be constructed from precast concrete box
sections designed for HS-25 bridge loading.
a. Minimum interior vault dimensions for different size meters shall be
as noted on Standard Setting For 3” and 4” Water Meters Detail
Drawings.
2. Unless otherwise specified, meter vault covers shall be an aluminum
manhole ring and cover with a 24 inch diameter opening.
a. All meter vault covers shall have a 27/32-inch worm-lock with a
Standard Waterworks pentagon head.
b. All meter vault covers shall have the word “Water” cast in the lid.
c. All meter vaults shall be installed in accordance with Standard
Setting For 3” and 4” Water Meters Detail Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 METERS AND STRAINERS
A. All meters and strainers shall be purchased from the Utility unless otherwise
specified.
B. Acceptable meters and strainers are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
2.02 METER SETTERS
A. All multi-family buildings shall use exterior meter settings.
B. Acceptable 5/8 x 3/4-inch copperhorns (interior meter settings) are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
C. Acceptable 5/8 x 3/4-inch coppersetters (exterior meter settings) are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
D. Acceptable 1-inch copperhorns (interior meter settings) are:
DEVELOPMENT Meters and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02650-4
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
E. Acceptable 1-inch coppersetters (exterior meter settings) are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
F. Acceptable 1 ½-inch and 2-inch meter setters are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
2.03 METER BOXES
A. Acceptable 5/8 x 3/4-inch and 1-inch meter boxes are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
B. Acceptable meter box covers and lids for 5/8 x 3/4-inch and 1-inch meter boxes are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
C. Acceptable 3-inch meter box extensions for 5/8 x 3/4-inch and 1-inch meters are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
2.04 METER PITS AND VAULTS
A. Acceptable meter pits and vaults for 1 ½-inch and larger meters are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
B. Acceptable meter pit and vault covers for 1 ½-inch and larger meters are:
1. Reference Section 01000 – Approved Product Listing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXTERIOR METER SETTINGS
A. Exterior meter settings shall be installed by the Contractor according to the
manufacturer’s recommendations, and in accordance with Standard Exterior Setting
For ¾” and 1” water meters, 1 ½” to 2”, 3” and 4” Water Meters Detail Drawings.
1. 5/8 x 3/4-inch, 1-inch, 1 ½-inch, and 2-inch meters shall be installed by the
Utility upon inspection and acceptance of the meter setting.
DEVELOPMENT Meters and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02650-5
2. 3-inch and larger meters are issued by the Utility to be installed by the
Contractor prior to inspection and acceptance.
B. Meter pits and vaults shall not be installed in any street, alley, parking area,
driveway, or sidewalk.
C. Major landscaping (shrubs, boulders, etc.) and structures (retaining walls, fences,
buildings, etc.) shall not be placed within four (4) feet of any meter box, pit or vault.
D. Trees shall not be planted within six feet (6’) of any meter box, pit or vault.
E. The ground surrounding meter boxes, pits and vaults shall slope away from the lid at
a minimum grade of 2%.
F. No plumbing connections will be allowed inside the meter box, pit or vault.
G. All tees, connections, and couplings shall be a minimum of five (5) feet downstream
from the meter box, pit, or vault wall on the outlet side. Sprinkler System Detail.
1. Tees and connections shall not be installed between the curb stop and the
meter setter or copper horn.
2. Buried stop & waste valves shall not be installed between the meter boxes,
pits, or vaults and the backflow prevention assembly. If blowout needed see
Sprinkler System Detail.
H. If the grade of the ground surrounding the meter box, pit or vault changes after the
installation, the cover shall be adjusted to ½ inch above the final grade by the
property owner.
I. Meter boxes, pits, or vaults shall not be covered or enclosed as to inhibit meter
reading or meter maintenance.
3.02 INTERIOR METER SETTINGS
A. Interior meter settings shall be installed by the Contractor in accordance with
Standard Interior Setting For ¾” and 1” Water Meters Detail Drawing.
1. The meter, readout wire and readout shall be installed by the Utility upon
inspection and acceptance of the meter setting.
B. If the water service enters the house through the floor, a minimum of 4 inches of
concrete or 24 inches of soil shall cover the water service from the edge of the
foundation to the vertical riser.
1. The meter setter shall be installed in a heated portion of the building.
2. Services shall be insulated from direct contact with concrete or other
DEVELOPMENT Meters and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02650-6
abrasive surfaces.
C. Copper horns shall not be placed in a crawl space.
D. All copper horns shall be installed so that the meter is in a horizontal position.
1. The copper horn shall not be installed above a hot water heater.
E. A clear and unobstructed access of not less than 24 inches by 24 inches shall be
provided so that the copper horn can easily be reached.
F. There shall be no tees or connections made between the water main and the meter.
G. A ½-inch, or larger, conduit shall be installed from the meter setter to the remote
reading point.
1. The conduit shall be EMT only.
2. There shall be no more than 75 feet of conduit between pull boxes.
a. There shall be no more than 4 (four) 90-degree bends between pull
boxes.
b. All pull boxes must be installed no more than 96 inches above the
floor.
c. Pull boxes shall not be installed in attics or crawl spaces.
3. The remote reading point shall be a two (2) inch deep recessed electrical box
with a blank metal cover.
a. The recessed electrical box shall be mounted on the outside wall of
the building, 48 to 66 inches above the ground, within 4 feet of the
electrical meter, and between the electrical meter and the front of the
building.
b. The remote reading point shall not be covered or enclosed as to
inhibit meter reading or meter maintenance.
3.03 METER INSPECTIONS
A. All water fees shall be paid prior to inspection.
B. A minimum of 48 hours notice is required on all meter inspections.
C. All water meter inspections shall be scheduled through the Utilities Water Meter
Shop.
DEVELOPMENT Meters and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02650-7
1. The Developer shall be billed for re-inspections.
D. Inspection of 3-inch and larger meters shall be made within 30 days of the issuance
of the meter to the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
DEVELOPMENT Meters and Appurtenances
ADOPTED: 12/06/2011
02650-8
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Mulberry Bridge Urban Design and Landscaping
City of Fort Collins Bid No. 8279
March 24, 2016
Prepared By:
City of Fort Collins
Engineering Department
281 North College Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580
(970) 221-6605
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
2
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
MULBERRY BRIDGE URBAN DESIGN AND LANDSCAPING
The 2011 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction controls construction of this project.
The following special provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications and take precedence
over the Standard Specifications and Plans.
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Item Page
Index Pages ......................... ......................................................................................... ............................... 2
Notice to Bidders ................ ......................................................................................... ............................... 4
Commencement and Completion of Work ................................................................... ............................... 5
Summary of Work ............... ......................................................................................... ............................... 6
Revision of Section 102 - Project Plans and Other Data .............................................. ............................... 8
Revision of Section 104 - Lane Rental Fee ................................................................... ............................... 9
Revision of Section 105 - Control of Work .................................................................. ............................. 11
Revision of Section 106 - Control of Material .............................................................. ............................. 13
Revision of Section 107 - Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public...................... ............................. 14
Revision of Section 201 - Clearing and Grubbing ........................................................ ............................. 15
Revision of Section 202 - Removal of Sidewalk .......................................................... ............................. 16
Revision of Section 203 - Earthwork and Site Preparation........................................... ............................. 17
Revision of Section 207 - Topsoil (Special) ................................................................. ............................. 18
Revision of Section 208 - Erosion Control ................................................................... ............................. 21
Revision of Section 209 - Watering and Dust Palliatives ............................................. ............................. 22
Revision of Section 203 - Earthwork and Site Preparation........................................... ............................. 22
Revision of Section 212 - Seeding, Fertilizing, Soil Conditioner and Sodding ............ ............................. 24
Revision of Section 213 - Mulching ............................................................................. ............................. 26
Revision of Section 214 - Planting ............................................................................... ............................. 30
Revision of Sections 601 and 708 - Structural Concrete Stain ..................................... ............................. 33
Revision of Section 601 - Structural Concrete .............................................................. ............................. 37
Revision of Section 608 - Sidewalks and Bikeways ..................................................... ............................. 39
Revision of Section 622 - Planter Pots.......................................................................... ............................. 41
Revision of Section 623 - Irrigation System ................................................................. ............................. 44
Revision of Section 625 - Construction Surveying ....................................................... ............................. 54
Revision of Section 630 - Construction Zone Traffic Control ...................................... ............................. 55
Utilities ................................ ......................................................................................... ............................. 60
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
3
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
MULBERRY BRIDGE URBAN DESIGN AND LANDSCAPING
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Item Date Page
Revision of Sections 101 and 630 - Construction Zone Traffic Control ........ (April 30, 2015) .............. 62
Revision of Section 105 - Violation of Working Time Limitation ............... (February 3, 2011) ............ 64
Revision of Section 106 - Certificates of Compliance and Certified
Test Reports ..................................................... (February 3, 2011) ............ 65
Revision of Section 107 - Contractor Obtained Stormwater
Construction Permit ............................................ (July 31, 2014) ............... 66
Revision of Section 107 - Responsibility for Damage Claims, Insurance
Types and Coverage Limits ............................. (February 3, 2011) ............ 67
Revision of Section 107 - Warning Lights for Work Vehicles and
Equipment ....................................................... (January 30, 2014) ............ 68
Revision of Section 108 - Delay and Extension of Contract Time ................. (April 30, 2015) .............. 69
Revision of Section 108 - Liquidated Damages ............................................ (October 29, 2015) ............ 71
Revision of Section 108 - Notice to Proceed ................................................... (July 31, 2014) ............... 72
Revision of Section 108 - Project Schedule ..................................................... (July 31, 2014) ............... 73
Revision of Section 108 - Subletting of Contract ......................................... (January 31, 2013) ............ 79
Revision of Section 109 - Compensation for Compensable Delays .................(May 5, 2011) ................ 80
Revision of Section 109 - Measurement of Quantities ................................. (February 3, 2011) ............ 81
Revision of Section 109 - Measurement of Water ......................................... (January 6, 2012) ............. 82
Revision of Section 109 - Scales ................................................................... (October 29, 2015) ............ 83
Revision of Sections 203, 206, 304 and 613 - Compaction ............................. (July 19, 2012) ............... 84
Revision of Section 208 - Erosion Control Supervisor ................................... (April 30, 2015) .............. 86
Revision of Section 212 - Seed ....................................................................... (April 26, 2012) .............. 87
Revision of Section 250 - Environmental, Health and Safety Management . (January 15, 2015) ............ 88
Revision of Sections 412, 601 and 711 - Liquid Membrane-Forming
Compounds for Curing Concrete ........................(May 5, 2011) .............. 103
Revision of Section 601 - Concrete Batching ............................................... (February 3, 2011) .......... 104
Revision of Section 601 - Concrete Finishing .............................................. (February 3, 2011) .......... 105
Revision of Section 601 - Concrete Slump Acceptance ............................... (October 29, 2015) .......... 106
Revision of Section 601 - QC Testing Requirements for Structural
Concrete ..............................................................(May 8, 2014) .............. 107
Revision of Section 601 - Structural Concrete Strength Acceptance .............. (April 30, 2015) ............ 108
Revision of Sections 601 and 701 - Cements and Pozzolans ....................... (November 6, 2014) ......... 109
Revision of Section 630 - Retroreflective Sign Sheeting ..................................(May 8, 2014) .............. 113
Revision of Section 703 - Concrete Aggregates .............................................. (July 28, 2011) ............. 114
Revision of Section 712 - Water for Mixing or Curing Concrete ................. (February 3, 2011) .......... 115
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
4
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Pursuant to subsections 102.04 and 102.05, it is recommended that bidders on this project review the
work site and plan details with an authorized City representative.
Project Manager – Kyle Lambrecht, PE Phone: (970) 221-6566
Engineering Department Fax: (970) 221-6378
City of Fort Collins email: klambrecht@fcgov.com
281 North College Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580
Project Engineer – Caleb Feaver Phone: (970) 416-4229
Engineering Department Fax: (970) 221-6378
City of Fort Collins email: cfeaver@fcgov.com
281 North College Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580
Buyer – Elliot Dale Phone: (970) 221-6777
Purchasing Department Fax: (970) 221-6707
City of Fort Collins email: edale@fcgov.com
The above referenced individuals are the only representatives of the City with authority to provide any
information, clarification, or interpretation regarding the plans, specifications, and any other contract
documents or requirements.
Where reference is made in the plans and specifications to Owner, Department, Chief Engineer, Resident
Engineer, Project Engineer, Engineer, and Inspection and Testing Agency it is understood to mean the
City of Fort Collins, Colorado, representative.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
5
COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK
The Contractor shall commence work under the Contract by the City in the “Notice to Proceed”. The
Contractor shall complete all work in accordance with the Contract within the number of Calendar days as
specified in Subsection 108.08 below.
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 108.03 shall include the following:
The Contractor's progress schedule shall consist of a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule prepared
using the Microsoft Project Software and submitted in hand and electronic formats.
Salient features to be shown on the Contractor's Bar Chart Progress Schedule are:
(1) Mobilization
(2) Construction Traffic Control
(3) Clearing and Grubbing/Removals
(4) Concrete Planters
(5) Irrigation
(6) Topsoil
(7) Boulders Placement
(8) Plantings
(9) Substantial Completion
(10) Punch List
(11) Final Completion and Demobilization
Subsection 108.08 shall include the following:
Substantial Completion for this project will be completed within Sixty (60) calendar days.
In accordance with the “Schedule of Liquidated Damages” in Section 108.09, Liquidated Damages per
Calendar Day will be $1,000.00 per day. Substantial Completion is defined as completion and acceptance
of the following items as awarded by alternative: placement of erosion control items, removals,
earthwork, topsoil placement, fine grading, boulder placement, concrete placement, native seeding,
mulching and tackifier, landscaping installation, and irrigation installed and fully functioning.
Final Acceptance for this project will be completed within ten (10) calendar days of Substantial
Completion. In accordance with the “Schedule of Liquidated Damages” in Section 108.09, Liquidated
Damages per Calendar Day will be $1,000.00 per day. Final Acceptance is defined as completed punch
list items, erosion control items removed, site clean-up and demobilization.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
6
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.25 Modifications to Time of Completion in the Approved Schedule
A. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract
Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within
the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the
Owner that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time,
taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work.
Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time"
shown in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates "Normal" weather and climate conditions in
and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried
out. Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor
demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably
anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor’s work and thus required
additional time to complete the work.
The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe
weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather
for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or
similar data for the geographic location of the project.
Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
(7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5)
The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or
portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and
continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of
adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that
the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved
construction schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of
days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the
monthly adverse weather schedule above.
An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the
Contractor’s workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented
by the Contractor. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily
basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects
thereof. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not
work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above
written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during
each month.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
7
At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse
weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases
the Contract Time. The number of work days delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof
will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This
conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the
Contractor have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of
workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be
increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and
date will be set.
The Contractor’s schedule must reflect the above-anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather-
dependent activities. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or
climate conditions, the Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor
arising out of such delays. The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents
relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe"
weather condition.
Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered
justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere.
The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in
completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice
of such delay to the Owner or Engineer.
1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner.
2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor,
including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of
another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics,
quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as
provided above; and
3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2,
above.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
8
REVISION OF SECTION 102
PROJECT PLANS AND OTHER DATA
Section 102 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 102.05 shall include the following:
A copy of the bid may be obtained as follows:
1. Download the Proposal/Bid from the Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System,
www.rockymountainbidsystem.com
2. Come by Purchasing at 215 North Mason St. 2nd floor, Fort Collins, and request a copy of the Bid
The following supporting information is available upon request:
• Pages from the SH 14 over the Poudre River Project - Landscaping and Irrigation Improvements
• As-Built information for the existing irrigation conduit locations
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
9
REVISION OF SECTION 104
LANE RENTAL FEE
Section 104 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 104.04 shall include the following:
(a) Approved Lane Rental Fee. The Contractor shall pay a daily lane rental fee for lane closures as
defined by approved traffic control plans on East Mulberry Street during construction.
The Contractor will be granted a lane rental allowance of fifty five (55) lane-days for which no
deduction will be made from monies due the Contractor. Lane rental fees for all lane-days in excess
of fifty five (55) will be deducted from any monies due the Contractor for work performed. The
deduction will be based on the applicable rate for any and all closures, whether work is performed or
not. This deduction will be reflected in each progress payment. This deduction is not a penalty, but
is a rental fee based upon road user costs to occupy East Mulberry Street.
The Engineer may determine that the lane rental fee will not be charged for lane closures for the
following reasons: additional work not covered in the scope of the project and directed by the
Engineer; acts of god, acts of the public enemy, fires, floods, area wide strikes, freight embargos, and
delays not caused by the Contractor’s fault or negligence. In the case of unusually severe weather, a
lane rental fee will not be charged for each weather day after the second consecutive weather day.
The lane-day rental fee for closures on East Mulberry Street shall be $500.00 (five hundred dollars)
per lane-day.
A lane-day is measured as:
• Any day that a portion of a thru lane is closed to traffic on an arterial road.
• Any day that a portion of a left turn lane is closed to traffic on an arterial road.
• Any day that a portion of a right turn lane is closed to traffic on an arterial road.
For approved daytime lane closures, a lane-day will be measured as any potion of time between the
hours of 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM. If work extends beyond those approved working hours, an
Unapproved Lane Rental Fee will be charged per section (b).
For approved multi-day lane closure, the lane-day will be measured as a 24 hour period from 12:00
AM to 11:59 PM for each calendar day that the closure is approved and implemented.
Lane closures between the hours of 8:00 pm and 5:00 am must be approved by the City prior to the
commencement of work. The Contractor cannot commence work without an approved traffic
control plan. Lane closure days will not be measured for approved night work.
A lane is considered closed when the number of available lanes is reduced from the number available
prior to the work.
Lane closures shall be documented in the Traffic Control Supervisor’s (TCS’s) diary each day that a
lane closure is in use. The diary shall be signed by the TCS and the Contractor’s representative. A
copy of the day’s diary shall be given to the Engineer at the end of each work day on which a lane
closure is used.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
10
(b) Unapproved Lane Rental Fee. The contractor will be charged an hourly lane rental feel for work
that is performed outside of approved working hours per the approved Traffic Control Plans, and/or work
that is performed outside of an approved traffic control plan. Unapproved Lane Rental Fees may be
charged in addition to other fees, charges and/or penalties as defined in the Contract.
The Contractor will be charged a lane rental fee for any work that is performed outside of the
approved hours that are permitted by the City Traffic Department and as defined on the approved
traffic control plan, and/or for any work that is performed outside of an approved traffic control plan.
The lane rental fee will be measured as an hourly rate and will be rounded up to the nearest whole
hour in excess of the permitted lane closure time.
The Unapproved Lane Rental Fee for closures on East Mulberry Street shall be $1,000.00 (one
thousand dollars) per lane-hour.
The Unapproved Lane Rental Fee will be measured and applied separately to each thru lane or turn
lane that is impacted by an unapproved lane closure.
The Unapproved Lane Rental Fee does not constitute an authorization to do work without an
approved traffic control plan.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
11
REVISION OF SECTION 105
CONTROL OF WORK
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 105.10 shall include:
Coordination with Property Owners and Tenants
The City of Fort Collins is committed to maintaining a positive working relationship with the businesses
and residents in the project area. Every effort will be made to maintain pedestrian and bicycle flow and to
accommodate special events and holidays for businesses, pedestrians, parking, and vehicle traffic. The
Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all work activities with private property owners and tenants
along the project corridor. Access shall be maintained at all times. The Contractor shall be responsible
for communicating accurate scheduling information to the project team to assure proper notification of
businesses and residents.
In particular, any proposed disruption or closure to an existing access must be communicated to the
property Owners and tenants with as much notice as possible. The minimum notice that will be allowed
for any proposed access change is 48 hours. The Contractor shall ensure that adequate alternate access is
in place for vehicles and pedestrians and any property-specific access needs are addressed prior to any
change in existing access. The Contractor shall coordinate his method of maintaining these accesses with
the City of Fort Collins Traffic Operations Department.
Coordination with Traffic Engineer and Traffic Control Supervisor
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner’s Traffic Engineer for all traffic control activities.
Requests for initial Setup of the major project phases (road closures) must be made 3 weeks prior to
projected set up. Allow up to 5 days for advanced warning signs. Requests for flaggers must be made
and updated at the weekly progress meetings for the following week. Requests for minor traffic control
set ups (lane drops, etc.) must be made 72 hours in advance of set up. Increased Traffic Control costs
caused by delays assessed to the Contractor will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Delete subsection 105.12 and replace with the following:
The City, County, CDOT, and local utilities including but not limited to City of Fort Collins Utilities,
Xcel Energy, Comcast, and CenturyLink may contract for and perform other or additional work on or
near the Work of the project. When separate contracts are let within the limits of the project, each
Contractor shall conduct the Work without interfering or hindering the progress or completion of the
work performed by other contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each
other as directed.
City forces will perform the following work as required by this project:
• Permanent Signing
• Water line tap
• Connecting power from controller to designated power source
• Electrical inspection of irrigation controller
Traffic Coordination
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
12
1. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer for all traffic control activities.
This shall include, but not be limited to, closure of any City Streets, closure of any partial
intersection movements, lane reductions, and detours.
City Traffic Control Contact: Syl Mireles
Phone: (970)221-6815
Email: smireles@fcgov.com
2. The City will remove and install all permanent signing.
3. City Signing and Striping Contact: Rich Brewbaker
Phone: 970-221-6792
Email: rbrewbaker@fcgov.com
4. The Contractor is responsible for removal of pavement markings and installation and
maintenance of temporary pavement markings necessary to control traffic during construction.
This work will not be paid separately, but shall be included in Construction Traffic Control,
Lump Sum. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer to schedule
permanent signing and striping work in conjunction with other project activities. Full-
compliance pavement markings in accordance with Section 627 shall be in place prior to
opening the roadway to traffic. The Contractor shall cooperate with the City Traffic
Department in their removal and installation operations so that progress is expedited,
duplication of work is minimized, and impacts to traffic are minimized.
Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with the
Contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may
arise because of inconvenience, delay , or loss because of the presence and operations of Contractors
working within the limits of the same or adjacent project.
Contractor is responsible to coordinate with public and private utilities. Any work to be performed by
public and private utilities shall be identified in Contractor’s schedule. Delays due to coordination
issues will be the responsibility of the contractor.
Subsection 105.13 shall include:
Surveying Coordination
A. The Contractor will provide construction surveying for the project. Any necessary surveying will be
incidental to the line item associated with the surveying work.
B. The Contractor shall protect all survey monuments and construction stakes. If it is unavoidable to
remove a survey monument or construction stakes, the Contractor is responsible for notifying the
Surveyor and allowing enough time for the monuments or stakes to be relocated. The Contractor will
be responsible for the cost of restaking construction stakes and for the cost of re-establishing a
destroyed monument.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
13
REVISION OF SECTION 106
CONTROL OF MATERIAL
Section 106 of the Standard Special Provisions is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 106.05 shall include the following:
For this project, Contractor process control testing of hot mix asphalt is voluntary.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
14
REVISION OF SECTION 107
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 107.01 shall include the following:
All hauls traveling to or from Martin Marietta Materials, Inc. (MMM) located at 1800 North Taft Hill
Road, Fort Collins, Colorado shall enter and exit the site from the North to CR 54G.
No vehicle shall be driven or moved on any private or public highway, street, road or right of way if the
vehicle is transporting aggregate material or asphalt paving material unless the load is covered by a tarp
or other cover in a manner that prevents the load from escaping the vehicle and which minimizes fumes
and emissions. Aggregate material means any rock, clay, silts, gravel, topsoil, limestone, dimension
stone, marble and shale; except that aggregate material does not include wet concrete or other materials
not susceptible to blowing. Asphalt paving material means any material formed by mixing aggregate and
asphalt cement and includes hot mix asphalt, warm mix asphalt, and bituminous concrete.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
15
REVISION OF SECTION 201
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
Section 201 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 201.02 shall include the following:
Ralph Zentz, Assistant City Forester (970-221-6302), shall be responsible for identifying the removal of
tree branches, stumps, shrubs and/or other plant materials beyond those trees identified in the removal
plans for removal and/or transplant. Coordinate with the Assistant City Forester to have tree branches,
stumps, shrubs, and other plant materials marked for removal.
Clearing and grubbing shall include the removal of trees less than six (6) inches in diameter, bushes,
shrubs, and seed as identified by the Engineer or the Assistant City Forester to be either removed or
trimmed. All removed debris shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the
project site, not buried on-site.
Subsection 201.04 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Clearing and Grubbing Lump Sum
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
16
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 202.01 shall include the following:
This work includes removal and disposal of existing sidewalk within the project limits as shown on the
plans or at locations directed by the Engineer.
In subsection 202.02 delete the seventh paragraph and replace with the following:
The existing sidewalk (assumed 4-6 inches thick) shall be removed in a manner that minimizes
contamination of the removed sidewalk with underlying material. The removed sidewalk shall become
the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside the project site legally. The Contractor
may dispose the removed sidewalk at the City of Fort Collins Recycling Center at 1380 Hoffman Mill
Road. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to be familiar with acceptable disposal specifications of
the City Recycling Center and to coordinate with the City Recycling Center if material is to be disposed at
this location.
Subsection 202.11 shall include the following:
The removal of the existing sidewalk will be measured by the square yard of sidewalk removed to the
required depth, and accepted.
Sawcutting will not be paid separately and shall be included in the cost for removal of sidewalk.
Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Remove Sidewalk Square Yard
Work shall include all material, equipment, labor, and disposal of materials, including hauling, to
complete the work.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
17
REVISION OF SECTION 203
EARTHWORK AND SITE PREPARATION
Section 203 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 203.01 shall include the following:
This work includes the removal of excess material in the pedestrian lookout areas, compaction under
boulders prior to placement in order to prevent settling, and fine grading of topsoil and mulch in order to
achieve final grades as shown on the plans.
In Subsection 203.02, add the following paragraph:
(g) Earthwork and Site Preparation. Earthwork and site preparation shall consist of the excavation and
embankment of all materials of whatever character required for the work, obtained within the right of
way, including surface boulders and excavation/embankment that is not covered under some other item.
Earthwork and site preparation shall include (but is not limited to) removal and grading of material at the
pedestrian lookouts, achieving compaction under boulders prior to placement adequate to prevent settling,
and fine grading of topsoil and mulch in order to achieve final grades as shown in the plans.
Subsection 203.14 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Earthwork and Site Preparation Lump Sum
Work shall include all material, equipment, labor, and disposal of materials, including hauling, to
complete the work. Fine grading and compaction operations shall not be paid for separately, but are
included in the work.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
18
REVISION OF SECTION 207
TOPSOIL (SPECIAL)
Section 207 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 207.02 shall include the following:
The source of imported topsoil for this project is undesignated. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, and of a
USDA texture listed as "Suitable" below. Topsoil shall be free of any admixture of subsoil or slag and
shall be free of stones, lumps, refuse, plants or their roots, sticks, noxious weeds, salts, soil sterilants or
other material detrimental to plant growth. Imported topsoil shall be obtained from a well-drained site that
is free of flooding. Topsoil shall not be collected at the supplier’s facility, delivered or used onsite in any
manner while in a frozen or muddy condition. The topsoil shall be delivered in an uncompacted state, and
shall be spreadable in even unclodded layer(s).
Imported topsoil shall be approved by the Engineer prior to delivery or placement in planting areas. The
Contractor shall supply a sample of topsoil to the Soil Testing Laboratory for analysis a minimum of
thirty (30) days prior to delivery of topsoil to the project site. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer
a Certificate of Compliance from the CSU Soil, Water, and Plant Testing Laboratory verifying organic
matter content, pH, sodium absorption ratio, electrical conductivity and nutrient levels.
Topsoil shall meet the mechanical analysis outlined in the following table:
(a) Topsoil Mechanical Analysis
Screen Passing percent Retained percent
1 inch screen 100% 0-0%
½ inch screen 97-100% 0-3%
Contractor supplied topsoil shall meet the following criteria:
Property Minimum Value Maximum Value
pH 6.0 8.0
Sodium Absorption Ratio none 13.0
Salts (electrical conductivity) none 4.0 mmhos/cm
Organic Matter 2% 10%
*Exchangeable Sodium % none 15%
Calcium carbonate % none 10%
*Exchangeable Sodium % = CEC / Exch. Na
Suitable USDA Texture- sandy loam, sandy clay loam, loam, clay loam, silt loam.
Unsuitable USDA Texture- sand, loamy sand, silt, silty clay loam, silty clay, sandy clay, clay.
*Texture as determined by hydrometer analysis and classified using U.S. Dept. of
Agriculture (USDA) texture class names.
The topsoil may be amended to bring it into conformance with these specifications. This amended topsoil
is subject to approval before use.
Topsoil shall contain the following minimum ammonium DTPA (chelate) extractable nutrients (this is the
extractable solution used by CSU Soil, Water and Plant Testing Laboratory).
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
19
Nitrogen 3 ppm (Air Dried Basis)
Phosphorus 3 ppm
Potassium 30 ppm
Iron (Fe) 5 ppm
Topsoil shall not include any minerals or elements in abundances detrimental to plant growth. Rocks and
debris larger than 1 ½ inches in diameter that are visible after the topsoil is spread shall be removed and
disposed of in an appropriate manner offsite or in a location pre-approved by the Engineer.
Subsection 207.03 shall include the following:
Import Topsoil meeting project specifications shall be placed by the Contractor as shown on the plans.
Finished topsoil surface shall be 4 inches below proposed finish grades in order to accommodate the
specified depth of wood and inorganic mulch for planter beds.
The Contractor is responsible for the following activities:
i) Protecting finish grade areas and regrading to correct irregularities caused by hauling
materials or other construction activity over finish grade areas. The Contractor shall replenish
planting areas found deficient of topsoil.
ii) Repairing erosion or other damage resulting from weathering action before final acceptance.
Planting areas receiving topsoil placement shall be finished smoothly, properly compacted and free from
irregular surface changes. The Contractor shall finish planting areas by hand methods if a satisfactory
finish cannot be completed with power equipment.
Finish grading shall conform to the grade elevations as shown on the approved engineered grading plans
and shall be free of debris and other materials that would be detrimental to the plantings. Settling of finish
grade shall not be more than 0.10 feet; if settling is greater, the Contractor shall bring the grade to
specified elevations by addition of topsoil.
The Contractor shall take care to schedule work such that the topsoil is not exposed for extended periods
of time. Instead, the Contractor shall plan to cover the topsoil with mulch as soon as possible.
Delete Subsection 207.04 and replace with the following:
Topsoil will be measured in place by measuring random depths of topsoil and computing volume by
multiplying the area times the average depth.
Subsection 207.05 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Topsoil (Special) and Soil Amendment Cubic Yard
The addition of manure or soil amendments needed to bring the topsoil into conformance with the
specifications, importing topsoil from other sources, placing topsoil to approved grades, and testing cost
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
20
associated with this topsoil will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the
work.
Stockpile Topsoil and spreading of topsoil will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the
work.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
21
REVISION OF SECTION 208
EROSION CONTROL
Section 208 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 208.01 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
Any loss of time or materials related to erosion shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Any
damage to surrounding properties or facilities (either on site or off site) related to erosion caused by
construction of this project, will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
Subsection 208.05 shall include the following:
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all roadways near the project are kept clean of
construction debris.
Section 208.12 shall include the following:
All erosion control measures identified in the Contract and as directed by the Project Manager will not be
measured and paid for separately but will be the plan quantities. The unit cost price bid will be full
compensation for all work required to complete the item.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Inlet Protection (IP) Each
Erosion Log – 12 Inch LF
Concrete Washout Structure Each
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
22
REVISION OF SECTION 209
WATERING AND DUST PALLIATIVES
Section 209 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 203.01 remove the first paragraph and replace with the following:
This work consists of applying water to soils or aggregates for moisture and density control, landscaping,
prewetting an excavation area, and dust palliatives. It also includes additional various best management
practices for controlling dust emissions.
In Subsection 209.05, remove the last paragraph and replace with the following:
Fugitive dust shall be addressed per the City of Fort Collins Dust Prevention and Control Manual.
Required Best Management Practices (BMPs) applicable for this project include:
1. Earthmoving Activities
a. Minimize disturbed area
b. Reduce vehicle speeds for off-site transport
c. Minimize drop heights of unloading trucks, loaders, excavator buckets, etc.
d. High wind restrictions; work capable of producing fugitive dust will be temporarily
halted in wind events greater than 30 mph.
e. Restrict access to the work area to only authorized vehicles and personnel
2. Stockpiles
a. Minimize drop heights of unloading trucks, loaders, excavator buckets, etc. when
creating the stockpile
b. Obtain a stockpile permit and comply with that permit
3. Streetsweeping
a. Uncontrolled sweeping with use of a rotary brush, power broom, or other mechanical
device that has no dust palliative will not be allowed.
4. Bulk Materials Transport
a. All loads shall be completely covered to prevent material from blowing, dropping,
sifting, leaking, or otherwise escaping from the vehicle.
b. Minimize drop heights of unloading trucks, loaders, excavator buckets, etc.
5. Saw Cutting
a. Restrict access to prevent public from entering the area where dust emissions occur.
b. High wind restrictions; work capable of producing fugitive dust will be temporarily
halted in wind events greater than 30 mph.
c. Equipment and work area clean up using wet wiping, wet sweeping, or vacuuming with
HEPA filtration for equipment and work area clean up.
d. Slurry clean up to prevent water used for dust control or clean up from entering any storm
drainage facility or watercourse by using containment, vacuuming, absorption or other
method.
6. Mechanical Blowing
a. Use the lowest speed on equipment appropriate for the task
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
23
b. Use the full length of the blow tube and place the nozzle as close to the ground as
possible.
c. High wind restrictions; work capable of producing fugitive dust will be temporarily
halted in wind events greater than 30 mph.
The above measures will be incidental to work creating fugitive dust.
Contractor shall submit a fugitive dust management plan to the City for approval prior to the start of
construction.
When water is used as a dust palliative, the Contractor shall inform the City of its use and measured
quantity.
Subsection 209.08 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Water (M Gallons)
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
24
REVISION OF SECTION 212
SEEDING, FERTILIZING, SOIL CONDITIONER AND SODDING
Section 212 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
Section 212.01 shall be revised to read as follows:
This work consists of soil preparation, application of fertilizer, and furnishing and placing seed. The work
shall be in accordance with the Contract and accepted horticultural practices.
MATERIALS
Subsection 212.02, 2nd Paragraph shall be revised to read as follows
Seed types and amount of PLS required per acre shall be provided in accordance with the drawings.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Subsection 212.04
Lawn Grass Seeding. Bluegrass seeding is not a part of the project. Delete this section from the
specifications.
Subsection 212.05
Sodding. Sodding is not a part of the project. Delete this section from the specifications.
Subsection 212.06 shall be revised to include the following:
(b) Fertilizing and Soil Conditioning – Fertilizer and supplemental compost are not required as part of
this Section. Delete this paragraph from the specifications.
Examination. Verify rough grading is within one-tenth of a foot. Verify site is free from obstructions,
objects, or structures that are not a part of the final site construction. Verify major drainages are
completed and in place. Do not start work until the site is acceptable. Once landscape grading has
commenced, the Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for bringing the grading to final line and
grade and creating positive drainage.
Clearing. Prior to soil preparation, existing vegetation not to remain and which might interfere with the
specified soil preparation shall be cleared, grubbed, raked, and the debris removed from the site. Prior to
or during grading or tillage operations the ground surface shall be cleared of materials which might hinder
final operations. This work will be paid under Section 201 – Clearing and Grubbing.
Protection. Field locate buried cables, wires, electrical service, irrigation lines and other subsurface
element that may be damaged during ripping operations. Stake and/or paint locations with an easily
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
25
visible system that will enable equipment operators to avoid damaging buried utilities. This work is
incidental to the line item.
Roundup (glyphosate) Application. Apply to areas to be seeded a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to
seeding. Apply Roundup only when weeds are growing vigorously. Apply at manufacturers maximum
recommended rate.
Seeding Application. Drill seed 0.25 inch to 0.5 inch into the soil. In areas that are not accessible to a drill,
hand broadcast at triple the above rate and rake 0.25 inch to 0.5 inch into the soil.
Special Requirements. Hydroseeding will not be allowed.
Reseeding Operations/Corrective Stabilization. Seeded areas shall be reviewed by the Owner’s
Representative for bare soils caused by surface or wind erosion. Bare areas shall be regraded, seeded,
mulched and have mulch tackifier (or blanket) applied as necessary, at no additional cost to the project.
The Contractor shall maintain seeded areas, mow to control weeds or apply herbicide to control weeds in
the seeded areas until Final Acceptance.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 212.07
Delete paragraphs 2 and 3 from the specifications. Soil conditioning is not required in this Section.
The 4th paragraph shall be revised as follows: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with seed
certifications and analysis, fertilizer analysis, and bag weight tickets prior to placing seed. Any seed
placed by the Contractor without the Engineer’s approval will not be paid for.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Subsection 212.08
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Seeding Square Foot
Finish grading, utility locates, fertilizer, herbicide and mulch application will not be measured and paid
for separately, but shall be included in the work.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
26
REVISION OF SECTION 213
MULCHING
Section 213 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
Subsection 213.01
Add to the description as follows:
This work also consists of furnishing and placing aggregate inorganic mulch to include – 1.5” dia. Tan
River Rock, 3” to 6” dia. Tan River Rock and 8” to 12” dia. River Cobble; Landscape Boulders, and
landscape weed barrier fabric.
MATERIALS
Subsection 213.02
Wood (Organic) Mulch. Delete the “wood chip mulch” specified and replace with the following:
Wood (Organic) Mulch: ”Choice Natural”, as supplied by Hageman Earth Cycle, 970-221-7173,
four inch (4”) depth (minimum) – no weed barrier required.
Option 1: Contractor shall purchase Wood (Organic) Mulch from supplier. Contractor shall submit
samples of Wood (Organic) Mulch for approval by Owner or Owner Representative prior to
purchasing and installing mulch. If Option 1 is used, Contractor shall be paid using the following
pay items:
• Wood (Organic) Mulch – Haul and Place
• Wood (Organic) Mulch – Material Only
Option 2: Organic Mulch will be supplied by the City of Fort Collins Forestry Division, located at
Parks Maintenance Shop, 413 S. Bryan Avenue (near the City Park Golf Course), Fort Collins,
80521. Contact the City Forester (Tim Buchanan) at 970.221.6361, to schedule material pickup.
City will load the material into the Contractor’s vehicle (free of charge) for transport to the site.
Contractor’s pricing to include Contractor pickup at the above address, hauling material to the site
and installation, complete in place. If Option 2 is used, Contractor shall be paid using the following
pay item:
• Wood (Organic) Mulch – Haul and Place
Steel Landscape Edging. Delete the “Metal Landscape Border” specified and replace with the following:
Steel Landscape Edging. Contractor to provide commercial-steel header, rounded top edge,
fabricated in sections of standard lengths, with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections to
receive stakes as follows:
Manufacturers: COL-MET Commercial Grade Steel Edging (1101), or approved equivalent.
Edger Size: 1/8” thick by 4 inches
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
27
Stakes: Tapered steel, a minimum of twelve inches (12”).
Accessories: Standard tapered ends, corners, and splicers.
Finish: Standard paint – Green.
Add to this sub-section as follows:
Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric. Materials for weed barrier shall be a non-woven geotextile
material suitable for this purpose such as Mirafi 140, Typar 3341, or Polyspun 300 or approved
equivalent. Submit brand name and model number/name of proposed weed barrier to be used.
Inorganic Mulch – 1.5” dia. Tan River Rock. 3” deep, hard, durable stone, washed free of loam,
sand, clay, and other foreign substances.
Inorganic Mulch – 3” to 6” dia. Tan River Rock. Hard, durable stone, washed free of loam, sand,
clay, and other foreign substances.
Inorganic Mulch – 8” to 12” dia. River Cobble. Hard, durable stone, washed free of loam, sand,
clay, and other foreign substances.
Contractor shall submit samples of inorganic mulch for approval by Owner or Owner Representative
prior to installation.
Landscape Boulders.
Stone Type: Colorado Buff Sandstone
Approved Suppliers:
A. Arkins Park Stone Quarries (Loveland), 970.663.1920
B. Tribble Stone (Boulder), 303.444.1840
C. Colorado Materials (Longmont), 303.682.2314
D. Or approved equivalent.
Boulder sizes shall be as indicated on the plans.
Quantities and locations as identified on the plans.
Contractor shall submit samples of boulders for approval by Owner or Owner Representative prior to
site delivery. Contractor is encouraged to make arrangements with Owner or Owner Representative
for selection of boulders at supplier.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Subsection 213.03
Delete subsection (e) Metal Landscape Border and replace with the following:
Install by laying out beds scaled from the plans. Stake, flag, or paint proposed beds prior to installation of
edging and obtain approval by Owner's Representative of layout prior to installation. Install header
plumb with grade and stake at minimum ten (10) foot intervals. Establish top of header one inch (1")
above finish grade in turf areas. Install using straight lines or long smooth curves. Provide v-shaped
drainage openings two inches (2”) wide and one inch (1”) depth at low points in the bed, at outlet point
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
28
for drainage appurtenances such as downspouts including overflow drains and at ten (10) foot intervals
maximum. Do not install steel landscape edger around mulch rings in lawn areas.
Add (g) Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric as follows:
Prior to placing mulch and planting in mulch beds, apply Roundup brand herbicide to weeds and allow
beds to sit for seven (7) days. Place wood mulch in shrub beds and tree planting rings in turf areas. Place
mulch in four-inch (4”) depth layer. Gently brush mulch off of plants once installed. Take care in
placement not to damage planted materials.
Prior to placing inorganic mulch, install landscape weed barrier fabric according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Completely cover area to be rock mulched (or as described on the Drawings) overlapping
fabric edges a minimum of six-inches (6”). Seams and edges of fabric shall be pinned at 12” min
intervals.
Add (i) Inorganic Mulch – 1.5” dia. Tan River Rock as follows:
Apply 3-inch compacted average thickness layer of rock mulch, and finish level with adjacent finish
grades. Landscape weed barrier fabric is required in all 1.5” river rock mulch areas.
Add (j) Inorganic Mulch – 3” to 6” dia. Tan River Rock as follows:
Apply 3-inch to 6-inch (single layer, completely covering the weed barrier fabric) compacted average
thickness of 3-inch to 6-inch mulch, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Landscape weed barrier
fabric is required in all 3-inch to 6-inch river rock mulch areas.
Add (k) Inorganic Mulch – 8” to 12” dia. River Cobble as follows:
Apply a single layer of mechanically placed, followed by hand placed/distributed. Landscape weed
barrier fabric is required beneath all 8-inch to 12-inch river cobble.
Add (m) Landscape Boulders as follows:
A. Placement of Landscape Boulders:
1. Prior to installation of boulder, compact soil material beneath boulders, as indicated in
the drawings.
2. Place boulders with most attractive face oriented towards roadway, unless otherwise
noted or directed by the Owner’s Representative.
3. Tolerance: Top of Boulder elevations shall be within 0.1feet of the designed elevation.
4. Bury approximately 1/3 the height of the boulder, unless otherwise noted.
5. Locations and quantity shall be as indicated in the Drawings. Final placement of
boulders shall be reviewed and approved on site by the Owner’s Representative prior to
placing paving, surfacing and landscaping in abutting areas as required.
6. Vertical joints between abutting boulders shall not exceed 1inch in width. Chiseling and
chipping may be required to achieve desired appearance. Chinking is not acceptable.
7. Use protection (rubber pads or carpet) on equipment to reduce scarring.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
29
Subsection 213.04
The quantity of Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric will not be measured separately, but will be incidental to
the placement of the inorganic mulch.
The quantity of 1.5” dia. Tan River Rock will be measured by the actual tonnage of material placed.
The quantity of 3” to 6” dia. Tan River Rock will be measured by the actual tonnage of material placed.
The quantity of 8” to 12” dia. River Cobble will be measured by the actual tonnage of material placed.
Landscape Boulders will be measured by the actual quantities, in the specific sizes installed and accepted
as shown on the drawings. Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric backing for boulders will not be measured
separately, but will be incidental to the work.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Subsection 213.05. Add the following line items to the Pay Schedule as follows:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Steel Landscape Edging Linear Foot
Cobble Mulch – 1.5 Inch to 4 Inch and Weed Barrier Ton
Cobble Mulch – 3 Inch to 6 Inch and Weed Barrier Ton
Cobble Mulch – 8 Inch to 12 Inch and Weed Barrier Ton
Wood (Organic) Mulch – Haul and Place Cubic Yard
Wood (Organic) Mulch – Material Only Cubic Yard
Boulder (Sandstone) – ‘A’ Boulder (24x24x48) Each
Boulder (Sandstone) – ‘B’ Boulder (24x24x36) Each
Boulder (Sandstone) – ‘C’ Boulder (24x24x24) Each
Boulder (Sandstone) – ‘D’ Boulder (20x18x18) Each
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
30
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
Section 214 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
Subsection 214.01 shall include the following:
See Section 213 for wood mulch, inorganic mulch and weed barrier fabric.
MATERIALS
Subsection 214.02 shall include the following:
Plant List. A plant list is provided on the plans. Quantities shown on the list are for information only.
Contractor shall be responsible for verifying quantity takeoffs as shown on the drawings. In the event of
a discrepancy between quantities shown on the plant list and quantities depicted on the plans, the
quantities depicted on the plans shall govern.
Guying and Staking. Material includes 14 AWG wire with 1/2" x 12" PVC sleeves and stake protection
cap per each stake.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIRMENTS
Subsection 214.04
Landscape Establishment.
The duration of the Landscape Establishment period shall be from initial installation thru final
acceptance. Subsequent maintenance and warranty replacements shall be the City’s responsibility
following final acceptance for the entire/completed project. The contractor shall NOT be responsible for
any warranty requirements on the irrigation or landscaping following final acceptance.
After all planting on the project is complete, a plant inspection shall be held including the Contractor,
Owner, and the Landscape Architect to determine acceptability of plant material. During inspection, an
inventory of rejected, dead or dying material will be made, and corrective and necessary cleanup /
replacement measures will be determined.
From the time of installation, during construction, and throughout the Landscape Establishment Period,
the Contractor shall maintain plant material, sodded and seeded areas in a healthy and vigorous growing
condition, and ensure the successful establishment of vegetation.
During the Landscape Establishment Period, the Contractor shall water, cultivate, prune the plants, repair,
repair or adjust guying and staking material. The Contractor shall also remove weeds from planting beds
and tree area saucers monthly, and maintain specified depths of mulching material.
Dead, dying or rejected material shall be removed each month during the Landscape Establishment Period
as directed by the Owner. Plant replacement shall be performed during the spring planting season or at
the beginning and end of the Landscape Establishment Period. Plant replacement stock shall be planted
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
31
in accordance with the original contract specifications and is subject to all requirements specified for the
original material. Plant replacement shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
Work performed associated with landscape establishment will not be measured separately but shall be
considered incidental to the work.
Subsection 214.04
Delete Section (b), (1) Watering in Irrigated areas and replace with the following:
The trees planted by the Contractor shall be watered minimally twice per month at the rate of twenty (20)
gallons per tree per watering for the months May through October during the Landscape Establishment
Period, or as needed, and the trees shall also be watered once per month at the rate of twenty (20) gallons
per tree for the months November through April during the Landscape Establishment Period, or as
needed.
The shrubs, grasses and perennials planted by the Contractor shall be watered minimally twice per month
at the rate of two (2) gallons per shrub per watering event for the months May through October during the
Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed, and the shrubs, grasses and perennials shall also be
watered once per month at the rate of two (2) gallons per plant for the months November through April
during the Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 214.05 shall include the following:
The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below
that appear in the bid schedule. Except as otherwise indicated on the plans or in the special provisions, all
excavation, soil material for tree, shrub, ornamental grass and perennial backfill mix, guy, webbing, tree
stakes, protective caps and PVC pipe sleeve and wrap for trees, and all other items necessary to complete
the work as shown on the plans will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Subsection 214.06
Delete the fifth paragraph and replace with the following:
Watering of plant materials during the project will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the
price of the work.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
32
Pay Item Pay Unit
Perennials Each
Ornamental Grasses Each
Shrubs – 1 gallon Each
Shrubs – 3 gallon Each
Shrubs – 5 gallon Each
Shrubs – 10 gallon Each
Shrubs – 4 foot height Each
Deciduous Shade Tree – 2.5 inch caliper Each
Ornamental Tree – 6 foot clump Each
Ornamental Tree – 2 inch caliper Each
Evergreen Tree – 6 foot height Each
Evergreen Tree – 15 gallon Each
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
33
REVISION OF SECTIONS 601 AND 708
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STAIN
Section 601 and 708 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised to include the following:
Subsection 601.01 is revised to include the following:
This work consists of: (1) Class 2 surface finish of concrete to receive Concrete Stain; (2) providing and
applying an opaque structural concrete stain to all concrete surfaces previously designated in the Contract
to receive a structure concrete stain; and (3) provide up to 5-gallons of pre-mixed touch-up stain.
The color of the structural concrete stain shall be as noted on the plans, and shall be Approved by the
Owner from test panels provided by the Contractor.
The structural concrete stain shall be one of the following products or Approved equals:
1. RAINSTOPPER RS400 - Semi Transparent Stain
Textured Coatings of America
Pro-Coat Systems, Inc.
5775 Stapleton Drive North
Denver, Colorado 80216
303-322-9009
2. "Acrylic" Structural Concrete Stain
Anchor Paint Co. of Denver, Inc.
641 South Jason
Denver, Colorado 80223-2305
303-744-2361
3. Bridge and Highway Concrete Sealer, B97-Series
The Sherwin-Williams Company
543A Santa Fe Drive
Denver, Colorado 80204
303-893-1303
Subsection 601.03 is revised to include the following:
Structural Concrete Stain as specified in subsection 708.08
Subsection 601.09(f) is revised to include the following:
All concrete forms shall be treated with a water based concrete form release agent prior to placing
reinforcement for surfaces to which structural concrete stain is to be applied.
Subsection 601.14 (a), third paragraph, is deleted and replaced with the following:
Structural concrete stain shall be the final finish for all concrete surfaces designated on the plans and in
these specifications.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
34
Subsection 601 .14(b) 4 is deleted and replaced with the following:
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the structural concrete stain shall be applied to all exposed concrete
elements of the structure above the ground line, and shall extend 1-foot below the finished ground line.
Bridge bearing devices, fence, and steel bridge rail components shall be masked or otherwise protected to
prevent structural concrete stain from coming into contact with them.
The color of the Structural Concrete Stain shall have the written approval of the Owner prior to final
batching and application on the project. The final color of the approved structural concrete stain shall be
determined as follows:
1. 2 foot by 2 foot samples of the colors required by the Contract, shall be submitted to the Owner for
Approval. The Stain samples shall be applied to a surface similar in texture to the concrete surface on
which the stain will be applied on the project. The Stain samples shall be applied by the same
methods to be used in field application.
2. At least three weeks prior to beginning of the application of the structural concrete stain, 100 sf test
panels shall be prepared for final color Approval. The test panels shall be produced on the actual
concrete surface on which the final product will be placed, at a location recommended by the
Contractor and approved by the Owner. The stain shall be applied to the test panels by the same
methods to be used in the final field application. The Owner will be allowed three business days for
the stain to dry after stain application to the test panels and to issue Approval.
Concrete finishing and curing shall be completed in accordance with the specification prior to the
application of the Stain. The concrete finish to which the structural concrete stain is to be applied shall be
a Class 2 Finish, except as modified below:
1. Following curing of the concrete in accordance with Subsection 601.13, all projections and bulges
shall be removed and the surface sandblasted. Sandblasting shall profile the concrete surface, remove
all form release agents, and all other deleterious materials that would inhibit the bond of the Structural
Concrete Stain. The profile of the sandblasted concrete surface shall be equivalent to Concrete
Surface Profile Three (CSP 3) as defined in Technical Guideline No. 03732, "Selecting and
Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays" by the
International Concrete Repair Institute. The Contractor shall provide a CSP 3 chip for use on the
project.
2. A mortar mix, proportioned by volume, consisting of one part portland cement, two to three parts
sand (conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 144), and an approved bonding agent shall be used
to patch all holes produced by form ties, honeycombing, voids 1/2 inch or larger in any dimension,
broken corners and edges, and other defects. The mortar mix shall include an approved bonding
agent. The quantity and application procedure of the bonding agent shall be in accordance with the
recommendations of the manufacturer of the bonding agent. Areas to be patched shall be moistened
with water before the mortar is applied, and the patched area, shall be float finished and left flush
with the concrete surface without checking or cracking of patches. Patching shall be done when the
ambient temperature is at least 40°F. Holes deeper than 3/4 inch shall be filled in layers that do not
exceed 1/2 inch in thickness.
3. Within 24 hours prior to applying structural concrete stain, the concrete surface to be stained shall be
cleaned by water blasting at a minimum pressure of 3,000 psi and at a rate of 4 to 14 gallons/minute,
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
35
to remove dust, dirt, and other materials that would inhibit penetration of the stain. If the surface is
contaminated before application of the stain, it shall be re-cleaned as required prior to application of
the stain.
New concrete shall be at least 28 Days old or as approved in writing by the stain manufacturer before the
stain is applied.
Two applications of stain are required. Each application shall be applied at a rate of 200 to 250 square feet
per gallon. (Approximately 3 mils dry film thickness.) The second application shall not be made within
12 hours of the first application.
If the surface is contaminated between applications, it shall be re-cleaned as stated above prior to the
making the second application.
The stain shall be mixed mechanically and applied by spraying. Workmanship shall be such that the final
stained surface is colored uniformly and presents a pleasing appearance. Any areas determined by the
Owner to be insufficiently stained shall be re-stained.
The stain shall be applied only when the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 90°F, and is
anticipated to remain above 40°F for a minimum of twenty-four hours. The surface to be stained shall be
dry and free of frost.
Subsection 601.19 is revised to include the following:
Structural Concrete Stain will not be measured, but shall be the surface area quantity shown on the plans;
except that measurements will be made when field changes are ordered, or for an error of plus or minus 5
percent of the plan quantity for each structure to be stained.
Subsection 708.08 is revised to include the following:
708.08 Structural Concrete Stain: The Stain shall be a one-component, non-vapor barrier, solvent based
acrylic resin. No sand or other texturing agents will be permitted.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Solid by Weight: 51%, plus or minus 2%
Solids by Volume: 34%, plus or minus 2%
A material safety data sheet (MSDS) prepared in accordance with Federal Standard 313 and a complete
set of manufacturers mixing and application instructions shall be submitted to the Owner before the
Contractor begins applying the Stain.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 601.19 is revised to include the following:
Structural Concrete Stain will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of
“Raised Concrete Planters” item and shall include full compensation for all water-based form release
agent, sample preparation, abrasive blasting, patching materials and application, structural concrete stain
and application, labor, equipment, tools, and materials necessary to complete the work.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
36
Structural Concrete Stain shall be in accordance with Section 601 of the CDOT Standard Specifications
for Road and Bridge Construction, and with the Revision to Section 601 and 708 – Structural Concrete
Stain.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
37
REVISON OF SECTION 601
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 601.01 shall be revised as follows:
This work consists of the construction of raised concrete planters in accordance with these specifications
and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established.
MATERIALS
Subsection 601.02 shall be revised to include the following:
Class D concrete shall be used to construct the Raised Concrete Planters. Steel reinforcements shall be
installed in accordance with the drawings and with Section 602.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Subsection 601.03 shall include the following:
Class 1, Ordinary Surface Finish. All fins and irregular projections shall be removed from all surfaces
except from those which are not to be exposed or are not to be waterproofed. On all surfaces, the cavities
produced by form ties, honeycomb spots, broken corners or edges and other defects shall be thoroughly
cleaned, moistened with water and carefully pointed and trued with a mortar consisting of cement and
fine aggregate and the surface left sound, smooth, even and uniform in color. Mortar used in pointing
shall be not more than 30 minutes old. The mortar patches shall be cured as specified in subsection 601.13
or other approved methods. All construction and expansion joints in the completed work shall be left
carefully tooled and free of all mortar and concrete. The joint filler shall be left exposed for its full length
with clean and true edges.
Subsection 601.10 shall be deleted in its entirety.
Subsection 601.11 shall be deleted in its entirety.
Subsection 601.12 shall be revised to include the following:
Concrete Stain. Raised Concrete Planters shall be stained in accordance with the drawings and with
Sections 601 & 708.
Joints and Reveals. Wall joints and reveals shall be provided in the locations, and of the dimensions,
indicated in the drawings.
Drainage and Irrigation Sleeves. Drainage and irrigation sleeve shall be constructed at locations shown
on the plans or as ordered.
Subsection 601.16 shall be deleted in its entirety.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
38
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 601.19 shall include the following:
Raised Concrete Planters will be measured by the number of raised planters installed in accordance with
the dimensions shown on the plans.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Subsection 601.20 shall be revised to include the following:
The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below
that appear in the bid schedule. Except as otherwise indicated on the plans or in the special provisions, all
subgrade excavation & compaction, formwork, concrete, steel reinforcements, finish work, staining,
irrigation sleeves and drain sleeves located within the raised planters, angular drainage rock, weed barrier
and all other items necessary to complete the work as shown on the plans will not be paid for separately
but shall be included in the work. Potting Soil is not included in this item.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Raised Concrete Planter Each
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
39
REVISON OF SECTION 608
SIDEWALKS AND BIKEWAYS
Section 608 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 608.01 shall be revised as follows:
This work consists of the construction of colored concrete sidewalk and trench drains in accordance with
these specifications and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established.
MATERIALS
Subsection 608.02 shall be revised as follows:
Materials shall meet the requirements specified in the following subsections:
Joint Fillers 705.01
Bed Course Material 703.07
Concrete for sidewalks and trench drains shall be Class B, and meet the requirements of Section 601.
Concrete mixes will be subject to inspection and tests as required to assure compliance with quality
requirements.
Color: “Omaha Tan”, Integral Color Concrete, by Davis Colors.
Trench Drain Grate and Frame. Trench grate frame and grate shall be shall be provided by the same
manufacturer. Trench grates shall be fabricated from grey iron (no finish). Trench grate frame shall be
fabricated from heavy steel angle (no finish). The trench grate frame and grate shall be installed as shown
in the plans and details. If field cutting of the grate is necessary to fit within the allotted space, the cut end
shall be placed against the Raised Concrete Planter. The end of the grate closest to the street edge shall be
uncut. Grates shall be fastened to the grate frame per manufacturer’s instructions.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Subsection 608.04 shall be deleted in its entirety.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 608.05 shall include the following:
Concrete Flatwork (Colored) will be measured by the number of square yards installed and accepted as
shown on the plans.
Trench Drain will be measured by the number of lineal feet installed and accepted, as shown on the plans.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
40
Subsection 608.06 shall be revised to include the following:
The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below
that appear in the bid schedule. Except as otherwise indicated on the plans or in the special provisions, all
demolition and removal, sawcutting, subgrade excavation and compaction, formwork, concrete, color
pigment, steel reinforcements, expansion joints, control/score joints, finishing, grates, grate frames, and
all other items necessary to complete the work as shown on the plans will not be paid for separately but
shall be included in the work.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Concrete Sidewalk – 6 Inch Square Yard
Concrete Flatwork (Colored) – 6 Inch Square Yard
Trench Drain Linear Foot
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
41
REVISION OF SECTION 622
PLANTER POTS
Section 622 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised to include the following:
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of furnishing equipment, labor, fabrication and materials to do work necessary to
install Planter Pots as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein.
The types of Planter Pots are designated as follows:
Type I Concrete Planter Pot
Type II Concrete Planter Pot
Type III Concrete Planter Pot
MATERIALS
Manufacturer: Kornegay Design, email: info@kornegaydesign.com, toll free 877.252.6323, fax
602.252.6322, web site: www.kornegaydesign.com, or approved equivalent
Style: Dune Series
Color: “Omaha Tan”, Integral Color Concrete, by Davis Colors.
Finishing. Sandblasted Finish.
Drain Holes. Drain holes shall be factory drilled in the center of the base of each pot. Planter pots shall be
installed so that drain holes are centered over the existing trench drain (where present), as shown in the
plans and details.
Irrigation Holes: Irrigation supply holes shall be factory drilled. The location of the existing irrigation
sleeves varies by planter pot location. Contractor shall field measure the location of existing
irrigation sleeves and coordinate irrigation hole locations for each planter pot, as required, in order
to place planter pots in the designated locations and orientation. Gaps between irrigation holes and
irrigation supply pipes shall be grouted full with an epoxy based non-shrink grout to prevent water from
draining through irrigation holes. Water shall not leak through irrigation holes after planter pot
installation is complete.
Mounting: Place pots in locations shown on the plans and details. Pots shall not be fastened to concrete.
Orientation: The specified Planter Pots have a curved rim with two “high points”. The planter pots shall
be oriented so that high points of the rim are parallel to the street center line. If an imaginary line were
drawn between the 2 high points on the rim of the pot, the pots shall be installed so this imaginary line is
parallel to the street centerline.
Shop Drawings: Prior to ordering the planter pots, the contractor shall field measure the existing concrete
plinths and prepare Planter Pot Shops Drawings for review and approval by the Owner. The shop
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
42
drawings shall illustrate: the size and shape of the existing raised plinths, location and dimensions of
existing trench drains; size and location of existing irrigation sleeves/risers; planter pot locations and sizes
(including diameter of base and rim); and each pot shall be identified with a unique number/letter on the
shop drawings. The manufacturer shall label each pot with the corresponding number/letter to ensure that
the pots are installed in the proper locations and orientation. The label shall be placed in a location that
will not be visible after the pots are installed and filled with soil.
Planter Pot (Type I)
Model: DS-29
Dimensions and Weight: 29" tall, 72" dia., 29.75" base, 2280 lb.
Drain Hole: 1 7/8” drain hole centered in base of pot.
Irrigation Hole: With the planter pot in the proper position and orientation, the irrigation hole(s) shall
be centered over the existing irrigation sleeves. Diameter of irrigation hole(s) shall be sized to
accommodate installation of specified irrigation equipment.
Planter Pot (Type II)
Model: DS-40
Dimensions and Weight: 40" tall, 60" dia., 28" base, 2280 lb.
Drain Hole: 1 7/8” diameter, centered in base of pot.
Irrigation Hole: With the planter pot in the proper position and orientation, the irrigation hole(s) shall
be centered over the existing irrigation sleeves. Diameter of irrigation hole(s) shall be sized to
accommodate installation of specified irrigation equipment.
Planter Pot (Type III)
Model: DS-23
Dimensions and Weight: 23" tall, 36" dia., 16" base, 515 lb.
Drain Hole: 1 1/4” drain hole centered in base of pot.
Irrigation Hole: With the planter pot in the proper position and orientation, the irrigation hole(s) shall
be centered over the existing irrigation sleeves. Diameter of irrigation hole(s) shall be sized to
accommodate installation of specified irrigation equipment.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Planter Pots shall be measured and paid for by the total number of each installed and accepted, as shown
on the plans.
Field measurements, shop drawings, drain holes, irrigation holes, drainage rock, weed barrier, and potting
soil will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
43
BASIS OF PAYMENT
The accepted quantities of the planter pots as provided above will be paid for at the Contract unit price
per each, which shall be compensation for all labor, equipment and materials including installation and
adjustment required to complete the item.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Type I Concrete Planter Pot Each
Type II Concrete Planter Pot Each
Type III Concrete Planter Pot Each
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
44
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Section 623 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
623.01 This work consists of furnishing and constructing an irrigation system in accordance with these
specifications and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established.
MATERIALS
623.02 General. All materials and equipment incorporated into the irrigation system shall be new and of
recognized standard quality. In the case of computer software or hard coded instructions, the latest
available version from the manufacturer is required. All materials shall be of a standard line from a name
brand manufacturer, or must be approved.
623.03 Meter and Backflow Preventer. The following protocol shall be followed for the coordination
and installation of the irrigation tap:
• Contractor – Responsible for excavation necessary to expose waterline, providing a safe trench
for City Utilities to work. Trench should be anticipated to be approximately 4 foot by 6 foot in
size and meet all current OSHA requirements. Contractor is responsible for coordinating with
City Utilities to determine acceptable trench size and shoring prior to scheduling water tap.
• City - Taps the municipal water line and installs the corporation stop (corporation stop, as well as
all tapping materials, provided by Contractor)
• Contractor – Sets service line. Installs meter pit including bedding, tubing and connectors. Installs
backflow preventer
• City – Sets water meter in vault
• Contractor – Backfills all excavations. Prior to backfill, all utility work must be accepted by City
Utilities. Contractor is responsible for coordinating and scheduling inspections with City Utilities
Department.
Install water meter pit and valves per national and local codes. Contractor is responsible for obtaining
current construction standards and details from City Utilities Department prior to performing work.
Contractor is responsible for coordinating with City Utilities Department to schedule City crews.
Reduced pressure-type backflow preventers shall include two check valves, a relief valve, two gate or ball
valves, and test cocks for field testing. Reduced pressure-type backflow preventers shall meet the
requirements in the Colorado Department of Health, Cross Connection Manual, and shall have a non-
shock cold water rating of at least 150 PSI.
623.04 Automatic Controllers. The automatic controller shall be an electro- mechanical or
microprocessor based/microelectronic solid state type capable of operating in an automatic or manual
mode. The controller shall have a minimum of six stations. Each station shall be programmed to operate
for 1 to 99 minutes, or 0.1 to 9.9 hours. The controller shall have two independent programs with three
automatic starts per day for each program. Each station on the controller shall be assigned to either or
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
45
both programs. The controller shall be capable of watering any day or sequence of days on a six or seven
day cycle.
Contractor shall install a WeatherTrak ET PRO3 2-Wire Pedestal Mounted Control system as specified in
the irrigation plans & details per current City of Fort Collins standards. Coordinate with City of Fort
Collins as required. The following protocol shall be followed for the coordination and installation of the
electric power source:
• Contractor – Responsible for excavation necessary to install conduit from power source to
controller
• City – Connects electric tap to streetlight power source inside secondary box
• Contractor – Connects electric tap to irrigation controller
• City – Inspects electrical connection for code compliance
• Contractor – Backfills all excavations
Install all electrical connections per national and local codes. Contractor is responsible for obtaining
current construction standards and details from City Departments prior to performing work. Contractor is
responsible for coordinating with City Departments to schedule City crews and required City inspections.
Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit housing. Label wires with the
identification number (see drawings) of the remote control valve to which the control wire is connected.
The controller shall operate on a minimum of 117 volts AC power input. Controller electrical output shall
be capable of 26.5 volts AC at 1.5 amps. The controller shall have a reset circuit breaker (1.5 amps
holding and 2.5 amps break) to protect it from power overload.
Primary surge protection for 117 volt lines and valve (24 volt) output surge protection shall be installed to
protect the controller.
The automatic controller shall be grounded using two 5/8 inch x 8 foot copper clad grounding rods driven
into the soil. A #10 AWG bare copper wire shall be used to connect the ground rods to the automatic
controllers protective grounding circuit. The resistance of the ground shall not exceed 5 ohms.
The controller enclosure (including satellite controllers) shall be of a vandal and weather-resistant nature,
manufactured entirely of metal or steel mill-treated with zinc for rust resistance. The main housing shall
have louvers in the upper and lower body to allow for crossflow ventilation.
623.05 Remote Control. Remote control shall consist of an FM, AM, UHF, or VHF radio
transmitter/receiver pair with a minimum range of one mile in congested areas, and shall include battery
charger and replacement battery. The receiver shall plug into a receptacle installed in the enclosure or
panel of the automatic controller. Remote control shall be capable of turning on/off any station in any
order. Remote control shall comply with all applicable FCC rules and regulations.
623.06 Control Wiring 24 Volt. Connection between automatic controller and automatic control valves,
and flow sensors shall be made with direct burial copper, 600 volt, UF, UL approved wire. Minimum wire
size shall be #14 AWG.
623.07 Sprinkler Heads. The sprinkler head shall be of the pop-up spray and pop-up rotor internal drive
type. All sprinkler heads shall be capable of accepting a check valve where head elevation varies more
than 5 feet within a control zone.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
46
(a) Pop-up spray Sprinklers. The pop-up spray sprinkler body, stem, screen, and nozzle shall be
constructed of heavy duty plastic.
(1) A soft pressure-activated wiper seal for cleaning debris from the pop-up stem as it retracts into
the case to prevent stem and nozzle from sticking in the up position.
(2) A matched precipitation rate brass or plastic nozzle with an adjusting screw capable of regulating
the radius and flow.
(3) A screen to protect it from clogging and a strong stainless steel retract spring for positive pop-
down.
(4) A threaded cap that will allow easy removal of the screen and all other internal components from
the top without removing the body from the ground.
Minimum pop-up height for turf heads shall be 4 inches. Spray head pop- up height for turf in roadway
medians shall be at least 6 inches, and shrub, flower, and ground cover spray heads shall be at least 12
inches.
623.08 Flow Sensor. The flow sensor shall be an in-line type and shall transmit an electronic pulse
through conductors to a compatible automatic controller with interface unit for subsequent transmission to
the compatible controller. Floe Sensor shall utilize a photo diode sensor
623.09 Drip Emitters. The drip emitter shall be of the pressure compensating type with flow rates of
0.5, 1, or 2 gallons per hour plus or minus a 10 percent deviation at 10 to 40 psi. The emitter shall be
constructed of durable plastic with a barbed inlet, and the outlet shall be capable of a watertight
connection compatible with the polyethylene capillary tubing. Emitters shall be of the self-flushing type
and capable of clog-free operation with a 150 mesh strainer. Emitters shall be multi-outlet (six outlets)
and shall be installed on the polyethylene drip lateral line. The ends of the capillary tubing shall be
installed on 6 inch plastic stakes with debris caps on the end of the tubing.
The irrigation dripline shall have factory installed pressure-compensating, inline emitters installed every
12-24 inches. The flow rate from each installed inline emitter shall be 0.6 or 0.9 gallons per hour when
inlet pressure is between 8.5 & 60 psi. The inline diaphragm shall have a pressure regulating diaphragm
with a spring action allow it to self-rise if there is a plug at the outlet hole. The bend radius shall be 3-
inches whether bending the tubing with the bend of the coil or against it. The inlet shall be raised off the
inside tube wall to minimize dirt intrusion.
623.10 Plastic Pipe and Fittings. All pipe shall be identified with the following indelible markings:
manufacturer’s name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class of pipe, pressure rating in pounds per square
inch, date of extrusion, and NSF seal of approval.
Plastic and Copper water lines listed below shall be paid for under section 619.
(a) Mainline Pipe. Mainline pipe shall be Class 200 PVC manufactured from virgin polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) compound in accordance with ASTM D 1784 and D 2466, cell classification
12454-B, Type I, Grade I. Pipe sizes 3 inches and smaller shall be of the solvent weld type, and
sizes larger than 3 inches shall have rubber gasketed fittings. Fittings shall be standard weight
schedule 40 injection molded PVC conforming to ASTM D 1784 and D 2466, cell classification
12454-B. Threaded nipples shall be schedule 80 PVC with molded threads conforming to ASTM
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
47
D 2464. Threaded fittings shall be kept to a minimum. Cement and cleaner for solvent weld pipe
and fittings shall conform to ASTM D 2564.
(b) Lateral Line Pipe. Lateral line pipe shall be Class 200 PVC manufactured from virgin polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) compound in accordance with ASTM standards D2241 and D1784, cell
classification 12454-B, Type I, Grade I.
Fittings shall be standards weight Schedule 40 injection molded PVC conforming to ASTM
D1784 and D2466, cell classification 12454-B.
(c) Drip irrigation laterals to pots, use UV radiation resistant polyethylene pipe manufactured from
Prime Union Carbide G-resin 7510 Natural 7 manufactured by Union Carbide or a Union Carbide
Licensee with a minimum of 2% carbon black, and minimum nominal pipe ID dimension of
0.810" for 3/4 inch pipe.
(d) Copper pipe: Pressure supply line from point-of-connection through backflow preventer shall be
Type "K" rigid conforming to ASTM Standard B88. Use wrought copper or cast bronze fittings,
soldered or threaded per the installation details. Use a 95% tin and 5% antimony solder.
(e) Joint Cement and Primer –Weldon P-70 Primer and Weldon 711 Gray Glue or Weldon 725 Wet
and Dry Glue will be allowed.
(f) Irrigation Roadway and sidewalk sleeves. Lateral line pipe shall be Class 200 PVC manufactured
from virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound in accordance with ASTM standards D2241 and
D1784, cell classification 12454-B, Type I, Grade I.
623.11 Valves.
(a) Automatic Control Valves. The automatic control valve shall be a normally closed 24-volt AC, 60
cycle solenoid actuated globe or angle pattern, diaphragm type valve. The valve body and bonnet
shall be heavy duty glass filled nylon or brass and internal components (not including diaphragm
and seat disc) shall be non-corrosive brass, bronze, stainless steel, or a combination thereof.
Control valve diaphragms shall be of a one-piece molded reinforced fabric. Control valve shall
have a non-shock cold water rating of at least 150 psi.
Control valves shall function manually (without electrical power) by means of an internal bleeder
device on the bonnet assembly. Control valves 1 inch or greater shall have manual flow control
capacity. Control valves shall be constructed so that the bonnet assembly and all operating parts
can be removed without disturbing the valve body. Valve closure time (measured in actual seat
disc movement time) shall be at least 0.5 second.
Control valve assemblies shall include a WeatherTrak valve decoder. One decoder per valve.
(b) Quick-Coupler Valves. The quick-coupler valve shall have a two-piece brass body, a non-shock
cold water rating of at least 150 psi, and 1 inch female pipe threads at the base. The quick-coupler
valve shall be designed to permit operation with a special connecting device (lug type coupler)
designed for this purpose. The quick-coupler shall be provided with a rubber-like vinyl hinged
locking cover. Quick-coupler keys and hose swivels shall be compatible with the quick-coupler
valves furnished. Hose swivels shall be of all brass construction designed to rotate freely.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
48
(c) Mainline Isolation Valves. Gate valves for 3/4-inch through 2-1/2-inch Pipe – Brass construction;
solid wedge, IPS threads, and non-rising stem with square operating nut.
623.12 Valve Box. The valve box, cover and necessary extensions shall be as shown on the plans, and
shall be manufactured or molded, virgin plastic materials conforming to ASTM D 638 and D 648. Box
extensions shall be used as necessary to completely expose the remote control valve and shall seat in
place under the valve box. Valve box lids shall be imprinted “Irrigation Control Valve.”
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
623.13 General. Irrigation systems shall be installed in conformity with applicable local codes.
Information on the plans shows general locations only. The Contractor shall establish exact locations of
all irrigation equipment to fit field conditions, and locations will be approved by the Engineer prior to
start of construction. Contractor shall maintain and protect the approved staking layout. Prior to purchase
of any irrigation equipment, the Contractor shall submit a list of suppliers and specification sheets for all
irrigation components. This submittal must be approved by the Engineer before any equipment purchase
is made. At the submittal stage, all changes in equipment shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
623.14 Site Review. At least 14 days prior to the start of irrigation work on the project, a pre-installation
discussion at the weekly meeting will be held. Attendance at the pre-installation discussion is required for
the Contractor, Landscape and Irrigation Subcontractor, and Engineer. A written description of work
methods, and time schedules and milestone dates shall be presented. The Contractor shall notify the
Engineer prior to mainline pressure testing, coverage tests, and final review. The Contractor shall provide
two radio transceivers with necessary personnel or remote-control devices to operate automatic
controllers during coverage tests and final review.
623.15 Excavation and Backfill. Excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements of Section
206 and subsection 703.08(b) (Class 2 Structure Backfill), except that compaction of backfill outside of
the roadway prism may be done by water flooding, with the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor
shall maintain bottoms of trenches flat to permit all piping to be supported on an even grade. Where lines
occur under paved areas, dimensions shall be considered to be below the subgrade. All mainline pipe shall
be bedded in sand to allow a minimum of 2 inches of sand on all sides. Rock larger than 1 inch shall not
be placed in the backfill material.
Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees or shrubs, the Contractor shall use all possible
care to avoid injury to the plant root system.
Excavation and backfill will be considered incidental to the work.
623.16 Pipe Installation. Minimum cover for irrigation pipe shall be as follows:
Mainline Pipes 24 inches below finished grade
Lateral Pipes 18 inches below finished grade
Pipe under roadway 30 inches below subgrade finished grade
Irrigation sleeving 30 inches below finished grade
Drip lines 8 inches below soil grade
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
49
All pipes under roadways shall be encased in a sleeve which shall be jacked or placed in a hole bored
under present roadways, or in a steel or plastic pipe sleeve placed by trenching on new construction. At
least 4 inches of clearance shall be provided between lines and at least 4 feet of clearance between lines of
other trades. Parallel pipes shall not be installed directly over any other line. Manual drain valves shall be
installed at all low points in the mainline. Minimum grade of pipe to drains shall be 3 inches per 100 feet.
Plastic threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape applied to male pipe threads only. Threaded
fittings shall be kept to a minimum. The Contractor shall tape all open ends of the pipe during installation
to prevent entry of any foreign matter into the system.
623.17 Wiring. All 24-volt wire to automatic control valves and flow sensor wiring shall be installed at a
depth to match the main lines and lateral lines. Power source wire shall conform to subsection 715.07.
Wiring shall be installed at the side of and under mainline whenever possible. When more than one wire
is placed in a trench, the Contractor shall tape wires together with electrical tape at intervals of 15 feet or
less. A 24 inch coiled expansion loop shall be provided every 300 feet along wire run, before controller
enclosure, at each connection, and at directional changes. Each automatic controller shall have its own
separate ground wire, colored green. Wiring between automatic controller and automatic control valves or
sensors shall be continuous. At locations where splicing is approved by the Engineer, moisture proof
splices shall be made in a valve box. Two extra wires shall be installed along the entire mainline pipe
from each automatic controller to the last automatic control valve. Wire splices shall be compatible in
effectiveness to wire coating. All wire under roadways shall be encased in a separate steel or plastic
conduit.
Wires not following the mainline shall be installed using open trench excavation. Wiring shall not be
installed using a vibratory plow.
Tubing shall be installed to an even grade in an open trench. Flush valve assemblies shall be installed at
all ends of the drip lateral lines.
Prior to backfilling, all capillary drip lines shall be staked with an approved staple, 6 feet on center.
623.18 Drip Systems. Drip lateral lines and capillary tubing shall be installed after 5 gallon and larger
plant materials are in place and finished grade is established. The Contractor shall tape all open ends of
pipe during installation to prevent entry of debris into the system. All pipe shall be cut with a knife or
blade type pipe cutter to prevent entry of pipe debris into the system; a saw shall not be used.
Tubing shall be installed to an even grade in an open trench. Flush valve assemblies shall be installed at
all ends of the drip lateral lines.
Prior to backfilling, all drip lines shall be staked with an approved staple, 6 feet on centers.
623.19 Valve Boxes. All valve boxes shall be installed flush with the finished grade. A “branding iron”
type of tool shall be used to imprint the automatic control valve number (letters and numbers 2 inches
high) on the valve box lid. Valve numbering system shall be as indicated on the plans. Geotextile filter
fabric shall be placed under valve box and extend a minimum of 4 inches beyond bottom rim of valve
box. Valves shall be grouped so that three or four valves are located together. Valves shall not be installed
in low areas subject to standing water.
623.20 System Flushing. After all irrigation pipelines and valves are in place and connected, and prior to
installation of irrigation sprinklers, rotary heads, etc., the Contractor shall thoroughly flush all lines with
water at system operating pressure.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
50
623.21 Pressure and Coverage Tests, and Adjustments. After installation of valves, pipe, and fittings,
mainlines shall be inspected for leaks after a minimum 120 psi static pressure (or point-of-connection
static pressure if higher) has been maintained for four hours in a hydro static test. Mainline pipes shall not
be buried until completion of the test. If the system does not pass the test, the Contractor shall detect and
correct problems until the system reaches the acceptable test standard. This test shall be passed prior to
payment for the pipe.
Gasketed pipe shall be tested using a volumetric (make up water) test and leak rates supplied by the pipe
manufacturer and commonly accepted in the industry.
The Contractor shall perform coverage tests in the presence of the Engineer.
Mainline Isolation Valves. Gate valves for 3/4-inch through 2-1/2-inch Pipe – Brass construction; solid
wedge, IPS threads, and non-rising stem with square operating nut. After the irrigation system is
completed and prior to any planting, seeding or sodding to assure that all irrigated areas are watered
completely and uniformly. The Contractor shall make all necessary adjustments to provide required
coverage as directed.
Drip lateral and emitter coverage tests shall be performed after planting and before backfilling of lateral
lines and emitters.
623.22 Inspections. Inspections by the Engineer or the Engineer’s representative can be made at any
point during construction. Milestone progress dates shall be established at the preconstruction meeting
and 72-hour notice shall be given by the Contractor when a milestone event is approaching.
623.23 Irrigation As-built Plans. The Contractor shall dimension from two permanent reference points,
building corners, sidewalk corners, road intersections or any permanent structures, the location of the
following items:
(1) Routing of irrigation mainline.
(2) All drip and sprinkler automatic control valves.
(3) Quick coupling valves, isolation gate valves, and manual drain valves.
(4) Other related equipment as directed.
The Contractor shall provide an accurately detailed irrigation as-built layout of the irrigation system at the
same scale as the design plans and on 24 inch by 36 inch waterproof medium within 90 days after
installation is complete and before notice of substantial landscape completion as defined in subsection
214.04. An in-progress as-built plan shall be kept on the construction site at all times and available for
impromptu review by the Engineer or the Engineer’s representative.
Provision of the final as-built plan is a condition for final acceptance and release of retainage.
All changes in the irrigation system layout, including lateral layout, shall also be indicated on irrigation
as-built plans.
The Contractor shall provide finalized as-built plans to the Engineer at the time of Final Landscape
Acceptance.
623.24 Maintenance Manuals and Training. Prior to Final Landscape Acceptance, the Contractor shall
provide two individually bound maintenance manuals to the Department for the irrigation system, and
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
51
shall train the owner’s maintenance personnel in the proper operation of all irrigation equipment,
including winterization procedures. Each manual shall contain the following:
(1) Index sheet, stating irrigation contractor’s name, address, telephone number and name of person
to contact.
(2) Duration of equipment or component warranty and warranty form.
(3) Equipment list providing the following for each item:
(i) Manufacturer’s name
(ii) Make and model number
(iii) Name and address of manufacturer’s local authorized distributor
(iv) Spare parts list in detail
(v) Detailed operating and maintenance instructions for major equipment
(4) Descriptions of all installed materials and systems in sufficient detail to permit maintenance
personnel to understand, operate, and maintain the equipment.
The Contractor shall provide a valve sequencing chart for each automatic controller installed. Charts
shall not be prepared until as-builts plans have been approved by the Engineer. Charts shall be installed
on the automatic controller door with photo reduction prints of the as-builts plans. Reduction prints shall
be kept to the largest size possible to retain full legibility.
A readable print of the as-built plans shall be provided showing the area covered by the automatic
controller. The area of coverage of each control valve shall be identified using a distinctly different pastel
color, drain over the entire area of coverage
Following approval of charts by the Engineer, they shall be hermetically sealed between two layers of
plastic sheet, each 20 mils thick.
623.25 Warranty. The Contractor shall warranty the irrigation system for the duration of the Landscape
Establishment period specified in subsection 214.04. To ensure proper operation of the system, the
Contractor shall perform, as required, warranty activities including, but not limited to the following:
(1) Inspection of the system and correction of system leaks, improperly operating valves, clogged
emitters, malfunctioning automatic controllers and other components
(2) Maintaining optimum sprinkler coverage
(3) Adjusting sprinkler head elevations relative to finish grade
In an emergency the Contractor shall correct all deficiencies within 24 hours of notification by the Owner.
The Contractor shall perform irrigation system inspections at least once per week and after each mowing.
The Contractor shall make corrections as necessary to ensure proper operation. The Contractor shall
document each inspection in writing and submit it to the Owner.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
52
623.26 Final Landscape Acceptance. Before final landscape acceptance is granted, the Contractor shall
perform an overall operation and pressure test and confirm the irrigation system is correctly functioning.
The Contractor shall inspect every sprinkler and as necessary, raise or lower those sprinklers which are no
longer at the proper elevation relative to the finish grade as shown in the plans. The Contractor shall
complete start-up (pressurization) and repair all damage to the irrigation system.
623.27 Cleanup. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall restore ground surfaces to required
elevations and remove excess materials, debris, and equipment from the site.
623.28 Keys and Repair Components. Three keys shall be furnished for manual operation of valves.
When valves require different kinds of keys, three keys of each kind shall be furnished. Keys shall be of
adequate length and made of non-corrosive metal.
(1) Two Automatic Control Valves
(2) Two Manual Drain Valves
(3) Four of Each Type of Sprinkler Specified
(4) Two of each type of Valve Box
(5) Two Mainline Isolation Valves
(6) Two Quick Coupler Valves
(7) One set of special tools required for removal, disassembling and adjusting each type of sprinkler
valve installed.
(8) Two keys for each automatic controller enclosure
623.29 Irrigation Scheduling. The Contractor shall submit recommendations for the project’s initial
irrigation operating schedule for optimum plant establishment to the Engineer.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
623.30 All items necessary to complete the work as shown on the plans and installation details.
Drip Irrigation- shall include the provision and installation of the following items but shall not be limited
to the following items: PVC mainline, PVC fittings, master valve, flow sensor, isolation valves, quick
coupler valves, irrigation controller and all related control wire and equipment, pipe boring or sleeves as
shown on the plan, electrical connection to the irrigation controller, drip control valves and associated
equipment, drip lateral pipes, drip emitters and inline drip pipe and associated fittings, and drip flush caps.
Spray Irrigation (Northeast Quadrant)- Spray sprinkler control valves and associated equipment, PVC
lateral pipes, PVC fittings, and sprinklers.
Spray Irrigation (Southeast Quadrant)- Spray sprinkler control valves and associated equipment, PVC
lateral pipes, PVC fittings, and sprinklers.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
53
BASIS OF PAYMENT
623.31 The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for the various items below that
appear in the bid schedule.
Payment for irrigation system will be a lump sum:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Irrigation LS
Irrigation Tap, Meter and Backflow LS
Irrigation – Spray (Northeast Quadrant) LS
Irrigation – Spray (Southeast Quadrant) LS
The following are for reference only:
Water lines will be paid for as provided in Section 619.
Kick blocks, unions, fittings, filter fabric, valve access sleeves, valve boxes, piping and wire inside boxes,
keys, and aggregate for valves will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
Structure excavation and backfill including compaction and water will not be paid for separately, but shall
be included in the work.
Concrete pad, bolts, enclosure, ground wire, and all other items necessary to complete the work shall be
included in the price of the automatic controller.
Capillary tubing, tubing stakes, enclosure box and debris caps shall be included in the price of the drip
emitter.
System flushing and adjustment, pressure and coverage tests, maintenance manuals, and training will not
be paid for separately but shall be included in the price of the work.
The backflow preventer, enclosure and pad will be paid for under Section 604.
Detectable Underground Marking Tape will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
Programming of the irrigation controller will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work
Warranty work will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
END OF SECTION 623
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
54
REVISION OF SECTION 625
CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING
Section 625 of the standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 625.01 is hereby revised to include the following:
All existing survey monuments and property corner located outside of the project grading limits as
defined on the plans that are damaged or destroyed by the Contractor will be replaced at the Contractor’s
expense.
All existing survey monuments and property corners located within the project grading limits which are
intended to remain in place and intact as defined on the plans shall be protected by the Contractor. Where
necessary and as defined on the plans, monuments, property corners, and section corners will be adjusted
or replaced by the City for this project.
Surveying is not anticipated to be required as part of this project, however, if necessary, the Contractor
will provide construction surveying for the project. Any necessary surveying will be incidental to the line
item associated with the surveying work.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
55
REVISION OF SECTION 630
CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Section 630 of the standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 630.01 is hereby revised to include the following:
This work shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing temporary construction traffic
control devices including, but not limited to: signs, advance warning arrow panels, variable message
boards, barricades, channeling devices and delineators as required by the latest version of the City of Fort
Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets
and Highways (MUTCD) and the Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards (LCUASS).
In the event of a conflict between the MUTCD and the City’s criteria, the City of Fort Collins
specifications shall govern.
If it is determined by the City of Fort Collins that temporary striping is required, the City will install the
required temporary striping.
Subsection 630.02 is hereby revised to include the following:
All traffic control devices placed for the project must meet or exceed the minimum standards set forth in
the City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook and the MUTCD. All traffic control
devices shall be clean and in good operating condition when delivered and shall be maintained in that
manner on a daily basis. All traffic control devices shall be clearly marked and free of crossed out
information or any other form of defacement that detracts from the purpose for which they are intended
(ex. Crossed our information, information written in long-hand style, etc.).
Additionally, any sign blank with sign faces on both sides must have the back sign face covered when in
use to avoid confusion to motorists traveling in the opposite direction and other potentially affected
parties.
Subsection 630.09 is hereby revised to include the following:
Traffic control through the construction area is the responsibility of the Contractor.
When a device is not in use, the Contractor shall remove it from the project for the period it is not needed.
Devices temporarily not in use shall, as a minimum, be removed from the area. Moving will include
devices removed from the project and later returned to use.
Traffic control devices shall be placed and / or stored in the City right-of-way in such a manner that
minimizes the hazards to pedestrians, bicyclists and vehicles.
Traffic control devices shall be removed from the site immediately upon completion of the work for any
street(s).
In the event there is a violation or safety issue, the City will order a “Stop Work Order” until the issue(s)
is corrected. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for delays associates
with the “Stop Work Order”.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
56
The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring safe passage through the work zone for vehicle,
pedestrians and bicyclists.
The Contractor shall use variable message boards to advise road users about upcoming work on Arterial
and Collector Streets. The City will issue direction for the number of boards, general locations for
placement and message verbiage. Fully automated variable message boards shall be installed and operate
continuously for all work on Arterial and Collector Streets.
1. Two-way traffic shall be maintained at all times unless approved by the City. Lane width shall be
maintained at a minimum of ten (10) Feet.
2. The Contractor will provide twenty-four (24) hour minimum notice to the City of Fort Collins
Traffic Department when the project operation is near a signalized intersection.
Traffic control plans shall be submitted for all work locations prior to commencement of any work. Plans
shall be submitted on approved forms supplied by the City. A traffic control plan shall be prepared by a
Traffic Control Supervisor certified by the American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) or a
Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor certified by the Colorado Contractor’s Association (CCA).
The typical traffic Control plans shall be submitted for approval to the City by 8:00 am, two (2) working
days prior to the commencement of work. All plans shall be delivered to the City at 625 Ninth Street,
Fort Collins. Facsimiles of plans shall not be allowed.
No phase of the construction shall start until the Traffic Control Plan has been approved. Failure to have
an approved Traffic Control Plan shall constitute cause for the City to stop work and Owner shall deduct
from compensation $1,000.00 per day for said compensation, as well as the Contractor’s forfeiture of
payment for all work and materials at that location with no adjustment in the Contract time.
The Traffic Control Plan shall include, as a minimum, the following:
1. A detailed diagram which shows the location of all sign placements, including advance
construction signs (if not previously approved) and speed limit signs; methods, length and time
duration for lane closures and location of flag persons.
2. A tabulation of all traffic control devices on the detailed diagram including, but not limited to:
construction signs, vertical panel, vertical panel with light, Type I / II / III barricades, cones,
drum channelizing devices and advance warning flashing or sequencing arrow panel. Certain
traffic control devices may be used for more than one operation or phase. However, all devices
required for any particular phase must be detailed and tabulated for each phase.
3. Number of flaggers to be used.
4. Parking restrictions to be in effect.
5. Signatures and dates by both the TCS and the Contractor’s supervisor.
Approval of the proposed method of handling traffic does not relieve the Contractor of liability
specifically assigned to him / her under this Contract.
Subsection 630.10 is hereby revised to include the following:
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
57
The Contractor shall designate an individual, other than the superintendent, to be the Traffic Control
Supervisor. Traffic Control management shall be performed by a Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS). The
TCS(s) shall possess a current American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) certification as a
Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor or Colorado Contractor’s Association (CCA) certification as a
Traffic Control Supervisor. Proof of certification shall be presented to the City Traffic Control Manager,
and when requested by the City, for each TCS utilized on this project.
One TCS shall be designated as the Head TCS. The Head TCS shall have a minimum of one year
experience as a certified TCS. Qualifications shall be submitted to the City for approval a minimum of
one week prior to commencement of the work. A full-time TCS is not anticipated on this project.
If, in the opinion of the City, any traffic control individual does not perform their duties at or to the
minimum industry standard, the Contractor will be required to replace that individual.
The TCS shall be equipped with a cellular phone.
The TCS duties shall include, but not be limited to the following:
1. Prepare, revise and submit Traffic Control Plans as required.
2. Supervise and direct project flaggers.
3. Coordinate all traffic control related operations, including those of the Subcontractor and
supplier.
4. Coordinate project activities with appropriate police and fire control agencies, Transfort, school
districts and other affected agencies and parties prior to construction.
5. Inspect traffic control devices on a calendar day basis for the duration of the project to ensure
devices are functioning properly.
6. Oversee all requirements covered by the plans and specifications which contribute to the
convenience, safety and orderly movement of traffic.
7. Flagging in emergency or relief for short periods of no more than fifteen (15) minutes over a sixty
(60) minute period.
8. Traffic control device set up and removal.
9. Maintain a project traffic control diary which shall become part of the City’s records. This diary /
log shall be submitted to the City daily and shall include the following information as a
minimum:
a) Date
b) For Traffic Control Inspection, the time of the inspection
c) Project description and location
d) Traffic Control Supervisor’s name
e) Types and quantities of traffic control devices used per approved MHT
f) List of flaggers used, including start time, stop time and number of flagging hour breaks
g) Traffic control problems (traffic accidents, damaged or missing devices and corrective
actions taken)
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
58
Traffic control management shall be maintained on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis. The Contractor
shall make arrangements so that the Traffic Control Supervisor or their approved representative will be
available on every working day, “on-call” at all times and available upon request of the City during non-
working hours. A twenty-four (24) hour telephone number shall be provided to the City prior to
commencement of work.
All traffic control devices and traffic control management shall be placed under the supervision of a
Traffic Control Supervisor.
The Traffic Control Supervisor shall have up to date copies of the City of Fort Collins “Work Area
Traffic Control Handbook” and Part VI of the MUTCD, pertaining to traffic control for street and
highway construction, available at all times.
The following list reflects devices that may be used on the project or as authorized by the City:
“NO PARKING” sign with stand Size A Specialty Sign
Vertical panel without light Size B Specialty Sign
Channelizing drum without light Safety Fence
Type I/II barricade without light Light
Type III barricade without light Advance warning flashing or sequencing arrow panel
Cone with reflective strip Variable message board
Size A sign with stand Size B sign with stand
All costs associated with Traffic Control Plan review will not be measured or paid for separately, but shall
be considered incidental to the Work. Review fees will not be measured or paid for separately, but shall
be considered incidental to the Work.
The Contractor shall provide the services of the Colorado State Patrol or City of Fort Collins Police when
necessary during the course of the work as instructed by the City. Associated costs shall be incidental to
the Work.
The City shall deduct from compensation due the Contractor $10.00 per day for each traffic control
device not removed from the site immediately upon completion of the work or as directed by the City.
Flagger hand signs and devices, such as Stop / Slow paddles, will not be measured and paid for
separately, but shall be included in the Work.
The flaggers(s) shall be provided with electronic communication devices when required. These devices
will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the Work.
The cost of batteries, electricity and / or fuel for all lighting or warning devices will not be measured and
paid for separately but will be considered subsidiary to the traffic control.
Sand bags and caution tape will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the
Work.
The Contractor may provide larger construction traffic signs than those typically used in accordance with
the City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook and the MUTCD, if approved by the City.
However, no payment will be made for additional panel size.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
59
The City shall not be responsible for any losses or damage due to theft of vandalism. The City of Fort
Collins will not be responsible for any damage caused by the Contractor’s construction activities to the
public. Private or public property which is damaged by the Contractor’s equipment or employees will be
the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
Subsection 630.15 is hereby revised to include the following:
All traffic control costs including, but not limited to, furnishing equipment, equipment set up / removal /
modifications, TCS and flagging personnel, vehicles, phones, hand signs, communication devices,
sandbags and all related incidentals required for traffic control under this Contract shall be considered a
subsidiary obligation of the Contractor in connection with the various items of the Work. No
measurement or payment shall be made separately for traffic control related items as specified in these
specifications or as directed by the City.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR WORK ON ARTERIAL AND COLLECTOR STREETS
1. Cross street traffic shall be maintained at all times unless authorized by the City in writing.
2. Full closures on Arterials and Collectors will be allowed under extreme circumstances and only
upon approval from the City. Plans shall be approved a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to
commencement of work and / or the time required to adequately notify the public through the
media.
3. Lane closures will not be permitted at or in the vicinity of an Arterial / Arterial intersection that
has major traffic volumes between the hours of 7:00am to 8:30am or 3:30pm to 6:00pm (except
in the case of an emergency). Work not impacting traffic and outside of the roadway may be done
between 7:00am and 6:00pm. Work may be done on weekends or extended hours (outside of the
7:00am to 6:00pm window) at Arterial / Arterial intersections with approval from the City.
4. Construction or repair work in the vicinity of Arterial streets, outside of the influence of an
Arterial / Arterial intersection, is allowed during the hours of 7:00am to 6:00pm; Monday through
Friday excluding holidays. Lane closures will not be permitted on Arterial streets between the
hours of 7:00am to 8:30am or 3:30pm to 6:00pm (except in the case of an emergency). The City
will specify the minimum required distance needed from the Arterial / Arterial intersection.
Work may be done on weekends or extended hours (outside of the 7:00am to 6:00pm window)
with approval from the City.
5. Construction hours, except for emergencies, shall be limited to 7:00am to 6:00pm Monday
through Friday excluding holidays, unless authorized by the City in writing.
6. Reference Revision of Section 104 for information on approved daytime lane closures hours, lane
rental fees, and unapproved lane rental fees.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Construction Zone Traffic Control Lump Sum
The price for the pay item shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all traffic control devices
(including Variable Message Boards), flagging operations, Traffic Control Inspection, and Traffic Control
Management. No additional compensation shall be issued for any traffic control operations.
Mulberry Bridge Landscaping & Urban Design
60
UTILITIES
The following Utilities are known to be within or near the project limits:
Utility/Agency Contact Phone
Electric – City of Fort Collins Mike Hergenreder
(970) 219-8367
Water Utilities – City of Fort Collins Andrew Gingerich (970) 221-6232
The work described in these plans and specifications will require coordination between the Contractor and
the utility companies in accordance with subsection 105.10 in conducting their respective operations, so
the utility work can be completed with minimum delay to all parties concerned.
The Contractor will be required to provide traffic control for any utility work expected to be coordinated
with construction, as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall coordinate expected relocation completion schedules with each utility after notice to
proceed. The Contractor shall complete a project schedule and updates to that schedule so that the project
will be completed in the time frame allowed in this contract considering utility relocations and utility
coordination at the time of construction.
The work listed below shall be performed by the Utilities.
• Provide water tap for irrigation and water meter (City of Fort Collins)
o See Project Special Provision 623 for specific Contractor responsibilities
• Provide power tap inside street light secondary box (City of Fort Collins)
o See Project Special Provision 623 for specific Contractor responsibilities
The Contractor shall keep the utility companies advised of any work being done to their facilities, so that
the utility companies can coordinate their inspections for final acceptance of the work with the Engineer.
Provide written notice to each utility company, with a copy to the Engineer, prior to any work by a utility
company that is to be coordinated with project construction. A minimum of three (3) calendar weeks of
prior notice is required.
General – The Contractor shall comply with Article 1.5 of Title 9, CRS (“Excavation Requirements”),
when excavation or grading is planned in the area of underground utility facilities. The Contractor shall
notify all affected utilities at least three (3) business days prior to commencing such operations. Contact
the Utility Notification Center of Colorado (UNCC) to have locations of UNCC-registered lines marked
by member companies. Call 811 for locates requests. All other underground facilities shall be located by
contacting the respective company. Utility service laterals shall also be located prior to beginning
excavation or grading.
All costs incidental to the foregoing requirements will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in
the work.
61
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
62
April 30, 2015
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101 AND 630
CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Sections 101 and 630 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 101.01 add the following:
MASH Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware
In subsection 630.01, delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
630.01 This work consists of furnishing, installing, moving, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic signs,
advance warning arrow panels, flashing beacon (portable), barricades, channelizing devices, delineators,
temporary traffic signals, mobile pavement marking zones, masking and unmasking existing signs in construction
zones, and concrete barriers as required by the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and
Highways and the Colorado Supplement thereto, in accordance with the Contract. Devices shall comply with the
performance criteria contained in NCHRP Report 350 (only applicable for devices developed prior to 2011) or
MASH (acceptable for all devices). Devices temporarily not in use shall, as a minimum, be removed from the
shoulder area. Moving will include devices removed from the project and later returned to use.
In subsection 630.02, delete the second paragraph, and replace with the following:
Temporary sign support assembly shall be timber, perforated square metal tubing inserted into a larger base post
or slip base or perforated metal U-channel with a slip base. The temporary sign support assembly shall conform
to NCHRP (only applicable for sign support assemblies developed prior to 2011) or MASH (acceptable for all
sign support assemblies), and AASHTO requirements regarding temporary sign supports during construction.
Subsection 630.02 shall include the following:
If a timber post is selected, it shall conform to the requirements of subsection 614.02.
In subsection 630.07(a), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
(a) Stackable Vertical Panels. Stackable vertical panels shall comply with the crash test requirements contained
in NCHRP Report 350 (only applicable for vertical panels developed prior to 2011) or MASH (acceptable for
all vertical panels) and shall meet MUTCD requirements for vertical panels. Vertical panels shall be
retroreflectorized with Type IV sheeting, in accordance with subsection 630.02. The stackable vertical panels
shall have the following properties:
In subsection 630.07(b), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
(b) Stackable Tubular Markers. Stackable tubular markers shall comply with the crash test requirements
contained in NCHRP Report 350 (only applicable for stackable tubular markers developed prior to 2011) or
MASH (acceptable for all stackable tubular markers) and shall conform to MUTCD requirements for Tubular
Markers. The stackable tubular markers shall have the following properties:
In subsection 630.09, delete the second and third paragraphs, and replace with the following:
Work zone devices designated by FHWA as Category I, II, or III, shall comply with the performance criteria
contained in NCHRP Report 350 (only applicable for devices developed prior to 2011) or MASH (acceptable for
all devices). Devices designated as Category IV, including but not limited to portable or trailer-mounted devices
such as flashing arrow panels, temporary traffic signals, area lighting supports, and changeable message signs are
not required to meet NCHRP 350 or MASH requirements.
63
Except for Category IV devices, the Contractor shall obtain and present to the Engineer the manufacturer’s
written NCHRP 350 (only applicable for devices developed prior to 2011) or MASH (acceptable for all devices)
certification for each work zone device before it is first used on the project.
In subsection 630.10(a) (3) (iii), delete the third paragraph, and replace with the following:
Groups 1 and 2 shall each be equipped with a truck-mounted Advance Warning Flashing or Sequencing Arrow
Panel (C Type), and a truck mounted impact attenuator. The impact attenuator shall be located on the rearmost
vehicle of each group. A separate vehicle for this attenuator may be used. Each truck-mounted impact attenuator
shall be certified by the manufacturer to be able to withstand a 62 MPH impact in accordance with NCHRP 350,
Test Level 3 (only applicable for truck-mounted impact attenuators developed prior to 2011) or MASH, Test
Level 3 (acceptable for all truck-mounted impact attenuators). The cone setting truck and the cone pickup truck
shall not be the same vehicle.
In subsection 630.16, delete the 5th paragraph.
64
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 105
VIOLATION OF WORKING TIME LIMITATION
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 105.03 shall include the following:
If there is a violation of the working time limitations for traffic control as set forth in the special provisions, a
written notice to stop work will be imposed on the Contractor at the start of the next working day. Work shall not
resume until the Contractor assures the Engineer, in writing, that there will not be a reoccurrence of the working
time violation. If more violations take place, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing that there will be a
price reduction charge for each incident in accordance with this specification. This incident price reduction charge
will be deducted from any money due the Contractor. This price reduction will not be considered a penalty but
will be a price reduction for failure to perform traffic control in compliance with the Contract.
An incident is any violation up to 30 minutes in duration. Each 30 minutes or increment thereof will be
considered as an incident. A price reduction will be assessed for each successive or cumulative 30 minute period
in violation of the working time limitations, as determined by the Engineer. The price reduction for each incident
will increase at a progressive rate starting with $150 for the second incident and increasing to $1200 for the fifth
and subsequent incidents in accordance with the following schedule. A 15 minute grace period will be allowed at
the beginning of the second incident on the project before the price reduction is applied. This 15 minute grace
period applies only to the second incident.
The number of incident charges will be accumulative throughout the duration of the Contract.
PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE
Incident Incident Rate Total Price
Reduction
1st Notice to Stop Work ----
2nd $150 $150
3rd 300 450
4th 600 1,050
5th 1,200 2,250
6th 1,200 3,450
Etc. 1,200 4,650
Etc. Etc.
65
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 106
CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE AND CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS
Section 106 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 106.12, delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The original Certificate of Compliance shall include the Contractor’s original signature as directed above. The
original signature (including corporate title) on the Certificate of Compliance, under penalty of perjury, shall be of
a person having legal authority to act for the manufacturer. It shall state that the product or assembly to be
incorporated into the project has been sampled and passed all specified tests in conformity to the plans and
specifications for this project. One legible copy of the fully signed Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished to
the Engineer prior to installation of material. The original shall be provided to the Engineer before payment for
the represented item will be made.
In subsection 106.13, delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Certified Test Report shall be a legible copy or an original document and shall include the Contractor’s
original signature as directed above. The signature (including corporate title) on the Certified Test Report, under
penalty of perjury, shall be of a person having legal authority to act for the manufacturer or the independent
testing laboratory. It shall state that the test results show that the product or assembly to be incorporated into the
project has been sampled and passed all specified tests in conformity to the plans and specifications for this
project. One legible copy or original document of the fully signed Certified Test Report shall be furnished to the
Engineer prior to installation of material. Failure to comply may result in delays to the project or rejection of the
materials.
66
July 31, 2014
REVISION OF SECTION 107
CONTRACTOR OBTAINED STORMWATER CONSTRUCTION PERMIT
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 107.25 shall include the following:
(d) Contractor Obtained CDPS-SCP Stormwater Permit . This project is covered by a Colorado Discharge Permit
System Stormwater Construction Permit (CDPS-SCP). The Contractor shall apply for and obtain the permit upon
award of the Contract. The Contractor shall submit a copy of the CDPS-SCP to the Engineer prior to or at the
project Pre-construction Conference. If a Utility Company has pulled a permit for the area prior to the Contractor
being on site, then the Contractor shall coordinate with the Utility Company to transfer those areas over to the
Contractor prior to work commencing. The Contractor shall not commence construction until the CDPS-SCP has
been obtained from CDPHE and submitted to the Engineer. A copy of the Permit shall be placed in the project
SWMP notebook.
Prior to final acceptance, a project walk through shall be conducted in accordance with subsection 208.10 (c).
The walk through shall take place upon sufficient completion of the project, as determined by the Engineer.
Upon receipt of written final acceptance of the water quality work from the Engineer and written concurrence
from the Maintenance Superintendent, the Contractor shall transfer the CDPS-SCP to the CDOT Maintenance
Superintendent. The transfer forms will only be signed if the project is in an acceptable state as determined by the
Maintenance Superintendent and the CDOT Region Water Pollution Control Manager (RWPCM). CDOT will
submit the Application of Transfer of Ownership to the CDPHE. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor
inactivate the permit.
Until the transfer has been completed, the Contractor shall continue to adhere to all permit requirements.
Requirements shall include inspections, BMP installation, BMP maintenance and BMP repair, including seeded
areas. All documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer and placed in the SWMP notebook.
All costs associated with the Contractor applying for, holding, and transferring the CDPS-SCP permit between
parties will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work in accordance with
subsection 107.02.
67
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 107
RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS, INSURANCE TYPES AND COVERAGE LIMITS
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 107.15(c) and replace it with the following:
(c) Each insurance policy shall include provisions preventing cancellation or non-renewal without at least 30
days prior notice to Contractor. The Contractor shall forward to the Engineer any such notice received within
seven days of the Contractor’s receipt of such notice.
68
January 30, 2014
REVISION OF SECTION 107
WARNING LIGHTS FOR WORK VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 107.06 (b) shall include the following:
All work vehicles and mobile equipment shall be equipped with one or more functioning warning lights mounted
as high as practicable, which shall be capable of displaying in all directions one or more flashing, oscillating, or
rotating lights for warning roadway traffic. The lights shall be amber in color. The warning lights shall be
activated when the work vehicle or mobile equipment is operating within the roadway, right of way or both. All
supplemental lights shall be SAE Class 1 certified.
69
April 30, 2015
REVISION OF SECTION 108
DELAY AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 108.08, delete (c) and (d) and replace with the following:
(c) Delay. Any event, action or factor that extends the performance period of the Contract.
1. Excusable Delay: A delay that was beyond the Contractor’s control and was not due to the Contractor’s
fault or negligence. The Department may grant a contract time extension for an excusable delay.
A. Compensable Delay: A delay that the Department, not the Contractor, is responsible for entitling the
Contractor to a time extension and monetary compensation. Monetary compensation for compensable
delays will be made in accordance with Subsection 109.10.
B. Noncompensable Delay: An excusable delay that neither the Contractor nor the Department is
responsible for that may entitle the Contractor to a contract time extension but no additional monetary
compensation. Contract time allowed for the performance of the work may be extended for delays due to
force majeure (i.e. acts of God, acts of the public enemy, terrorist acts, fires, floods, area wide strikes,
embargoes, or unusually severe weather).
2. Nonexcusable Delay: A delay that was reasonably foreseeable or within the control of the Contractor for
which the Department will not grant monetary compensation or a contract time extension.
3. Concurrent Delay. Independent delays to critical activities occurring at the same time.
A. The Department will not grant a time extension or additional compensation for the period of time that a
non-excusable delay is concurrent with an excusable delay.
B. The Department may grant time but no compensation for the period of time that a non-compensable
delay is concurrent with a compensable delay.
Delays in delivery of materials or fabrication scheduling resulting from late ordering, financial considerations,
or other causes that could have been foreseen or prevented will be considered nonexcusable delays. However,
delays caused by fuel shortage or delay in delivery of materials to the Contractor due to some unusual market
condition caused by industry-wide strike, national disaster, area-wide shortage, or other reasons beyond the
control of the Contractor which prevent procurement of materials or fuel within the allowable contract time
limits will be considered excusable delays.
(d) Extension of Contract Time. The Contractor’s assertion that insufficient contract time was specified is not
a valid reason for an extension of contract time. For time extension requests, the Contractor shall provide
a two-part submittal: part one shall consist of a written notice of the delay and part two shall consist of the
Contractor’s delay documentation and supporting analysis.
Part 1: The Contractor shall provide the written notice of delay within seven days of the delay occurrence.
The notice shall describe the delay and include documentation substantiating the nature and cause of the
delay. Failure to submit the written notice constitutes a waiver of entitlement to additional time or
compensation.
Part 2: This shall be submitted within 30 days of the written notice. The Contractor shall include all
documentation needed to support the time extension request. In order to request additional contract time
for an unexpected delay, the Contractor shall provide a contemporaneous schedule analysis in accordance
70
with subsection 108.03. The schedule analysis shall show that the delayed activity or activities were on
the critical path or became critical due to the delay.
The Engineer will base a determination of an allowable contract time extension on:
(1) The current Schedule in effect at the time of the alleged delay;
(2) The supporting documentation submitted by the Contractor;
(3) The contemporaneous schedule analysis; and
(4) Any other relevant information available to the Engineer.
For a time extension request resulting from a change order, the Contractor shall demonstrate the delay to the
project completion date by:
(1) Inserting a fragnet containing the change order activities into an unprogressed copy of the schedule that
is current at the time of the change order;
(2) tying the fragnet into the schedule logic; and
(3) Recalculating the schedule.
The Department will not consider delays to activities which do not affect the performance period of the
Contract as a basis for a Contract time extension. If the Engineer grants a contract time extension, the revised
Contract Completion date will be in effect as though it were the original contract date.
A Contractor’s failure to have an approved, or approved with comments, current project schedule in place will
preclude the Department from considering a Contractor’s a time extension request.
71
October 29, 2015
REVISION OF SECTION 108
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 108.09, delete the Schedule of Liquidated Damages and replace with the following:
Original Contract Amount ($) Liquidated Damages per Calendar Day ($)
From More Than To And Including
0 150,000 500
150,000 500,000 1,000
500,000 1,000,000 1,600
1,000,000 2,000,000 2,300
2,000,000 4,000,000 4,100
4,000,000 10,000,000 5,800
10,000,000 ---- 7,000
72
July 31, 2014
REVISION OF SECTION 108
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 108.02 and replace with the following:
108.02 Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall not commence work prior to the issuance of a Notice to
Proceed. The "Notice to Proceed" will stipulate the date on which contract time commences. When the Contractor
proceeds with work prior to that date, contract time will commence on the date work actually begins. The
Contractor shall commence work under the Contract on or prior to the 15th day following Contract execution or
the 30th day following the date of award, whichever comes later, or in accordance with the selected start date
allowed in the special provisions.
73
July 31, 2014
REVISION OF SECTION 108
PROJECT SCHEDULE
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 108.03 and replace with the following:
108.03 Project Schedule.
(a) Definitions.
Activity. An activity is a project element on a schedule that affects completion of the project. An activity has
a description, start date, finish date, duration, and one or more logic ties.
Activity ID. A unique, alphanumeric, identification code assigned to an activity and remains constant
throughout the project.
Bar Chart. A simple depiction of a Project Schedule without relationships or supporting logic of the schedule.
Calendar. Defined work periods and no work periods that determine when project activities can occur.
Multiple calendars may be used for different activities; e.g., a 5-day work-week and a 7-day work-week
calendar.
Constraint. A restriction imposed in a schedule, which fixes a value that would otherwise be calculated within
the schedule. Examples of values that can be fixed by a constraint include start date, end date, and completion
date.
Critical Path. The sequence of activities that determines the duration of the project.
Critical Path Method Scheduling. (CPM Scheduling) is a logic-based planning technique using activity
durations and relationships between activities to calculate a schedule determining the minimum total project
duration.
Data Date. The starting point from which to schedule all remaining work.
Duration. The estimated amount of time needed to complete an activity.
Float. The amount of time between the earliest date an activity can start and the latest date when an activity
must start ,or the earliest date an activity can finish and latest date when an activity can finish before the
activity becomes critical. The time between the Project Schedule completion date and the Contract completion
date is not considered float.
Gantt Chart. A time-scaled graphical display of the project’s schedule.
Lag. A time-value assigned to a relationship.
Logic. Relationships between activities defining the sequence of work (See also predecessor activity and
successor activity).
Milestone. An activity, with no duration used to represent an event.
Open-Ended Activity. An activity that does not have both a predecessor activity and a successor activity.
74
Predecessor Activity. An activity that is defined by schedule logic to precede another activity.
Relationship. The interdependence between activities.
Salient Feature. An item of work that is of special interest for CDOT in coordinating the project schedule but
may not affect the overall completion of the project.
Successor Activity. An activity that is defined by schedule logic to follow another activity.
Time-Scaled Logic Diagram. Gantt chart that illustrates logic links depicting both schedule logic and the time
at which activities are performed.
(b) Project Schedule - General
The Contractor shall use either Microsoft Project or Primavera Scheduling software to develop and manage a
CPM Project Schedule to plan, schedule, and report the progress of the work. Prior to, or at the Pre-
construction Conference, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, which scheduling software the
Contractor shall use to manage the project. The Contractor’s selection and use of particular scheduling
software cannot be changed after the first schedule submittal. If the Contractor selects Primavera, the
Contractor shall calculate the schedule using the Retained Logic scheduling option. The Department will not
allow use of bar charts for the Project Schedule.
The Contractor shall submit schedules for approval by the Engineer. The purpose of these schedules is to
allow the Contractor and the Department to jointly manage the work and evaluate progress. The schedules
also serve to evaluate the effect of changes and delays to the scheduled project completion. Either party may
require a formal schedule review meeting.
The Contractor’s schedule shall consist of a time-scaled logic diagram and shall show the logical progression
of all activities required to complete the work.
The Contractor shall use activity descriptions that ensure the work is easily identifiable. The Contractor shall
show the no-work days in the schedule calendars.
The Contractor shall use durations for individual construction activities that do not exceed 15 calendar days
unless approved by the Engineer. The Contractor may group a series of activities with an aggregate duration
of five days or less into a single activity. Non-construction activities may have durations exceeding 15
working days, as approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor may include summary bars in the schedule as long as the detailed activities to complete the
work are displayed.
The Contractor shall not use the following:
(1) Negative lags
(2) Lags in excess of 10 working days without approval by the Engineer. The Contractor’s written request
shall justify the need for the lag. Lags shall be identified.
(3) Start-to-finish relationships.
(4) Open-ended activities - every activity shall have at least one predecessor activity and at least one
successor activity, except for the first and last activities in the network. If the contractor uses a start-to-
start relationship to link two activities, then both of those two activities should also have successor
activities linked by either a finish-to-start or a finish-to-finish relationship.
(5) Constraints without approval by the Engineer. The Contractor’s written request shall explain why the
use of constraints in the schedule is necessary.
75
The Project Schedule shall show all activities required by all parties to complete the work. The Project
Schedule shall include subcontracted work, delivery dates for critical material, submittal and review periods,
permits and governmental approvals, milestone requirements, utility work by others and no work periods. The
Contractor, its subcontractors, suppliers, and engineers, at any tier, shall perform the work according to the
approved Project Schedule.
Float within the Baseline Schedule or any other Project Schedule is not for the exclusive use or benefit of
either party, but is a project resource available to both parties as needed until it is depleted.
For any schedule submittal that shows completion in less than 85 percent of the Contract Time, the Contractor
shall submit planned production rates in the schedule for all activities with float of 10 days or less. The
Engineer may require additional methods statements for activities with float of 10 days or less.
The Engineer’s review of the schedule will not exceed 10 calendar days. The Engineer will provide the
Contractor with one of the following responses within 10 days after receipt of the Project Schedule:
(1) Approved, no exceptions taken;
(2) Approved-as-Noted; or
(3) Revise and Resubmit within 10 days.
The Contractor shall not assume that approval of the Project Schedule relieves the Contractor of its obligation
to complete all work within the Contract Time.
(c) Schedule Submittals. The Contractor shall include a time-scaled logic diagram with all schedule submittals
that:
(1) Is plotted on a horizontal time-scale in accordance with the project calendar.
(2) Uses color to clearly identify the critical path.
(3) Is based on early start and early finish dates of activities.
(4) For Schedule Updates and Schedule Revisions, shows actual completion dates up to but not including the
data date.
(5) Clearly shows the sequence and relationships of all activities necessary to complete the contract work.
(6) Includes an activity block for each activity with the following information:
Activity ID Activity Description
Original Duration Total Float
Early start date Early finish date
Late start date* Late finish date*
Actual Start date^ Actual Finish date^
Calendar used on the activity Activity Responsibility
Remaining Duration^ Duration Percent Complete^
Gantt chart (time-scaled logic diagram)
*Required with the Preliminary and Baseline Schedule.
^Required with the Project Schedule Update and Schedule Revision.
The Contractor shall include the following with all schedule submittals:
(1) A Job Progress Narrative Report that includes the following:
(i) A description of the work performed since the previous month’s schedule update.
76
(ii) A description of problems encountered or anticipated since the previous month’s schedule
submission.
(iii) A description of unusual labor, shift, equipment, or material conditions or restrictions encountered or
anticipated.
(iv) The status of all pending items that could affect the schedule.
(v) Explanations for milestones forecasted to occur late.
(vi) Scheduled completion date status and any change from the previous month’s submission.
(vii) An explanation for a scheduled completion date forecasted to occur before or after the contract
completion date or contract time.
(viii) Schedule Delays:
1. A description of current and anticipated delays including: Identification of the delayed activity or
activities by Activity ID(s) and description(s).
2. Delay type with reference to the relevant specification subsection.
3. Delay cause or causes.
4. Effect of the delay on other activities, milestones, and completion dates.
5. Identification of the actions needed to avoid a potential or mitigate an actual delay.
6. A description of the critical path impact and effect on the scheduled completion date in the previous
month’s schedule update.
(ix) A list of all added and deleted activities along with an explanation for the change.
(x) All logic and duration changes along with an explanation for the change.
(2) A Predecessor Activity and Successor Activity report that defines all schedule logic and clearly indicates
all logical relationships and constraints.
(3) An Early Start report listing all activities, sorted by actual start/early start date.
(4) A Float report listing all activities sorted in ascending order of available float.
(5) A Critical Path report listing all activities not yet complete with the percent complete, sorted by float and
then by early start.
(6) A listing of all non-work days.
For all required schedule submittals, the Contractor shall submit two electronic copies on two compact disk,
USB flash drive, or other media as directed by the Engineer. Electronic copies of CPM schedules shall be
submitted both in the native schedule format and in “PDF” format. The Contractor shall also provide two
printed copies of the CPM Schedule and all reports.
Each schedule submittal shall be appropriately labeled as a Preliminary Schedule, Baseline Schedule, Project
Schedule Update, or Schedule Revision. The title bar shall include the CDOT project number, subaccount,
project name, contractor name, schedule data date. If an originally submitted schedule is revised during
review, the title bar shall also include a revision number (REV1, REV2, etc.) and revision date.
(d) Preliminary Schedule. Within 14 days of award of the Contract, the Contractor may submit a Preliminary
Schedule showing all planned activities from the Notice to Proceed through the first 60 days of the project. If
the Contractor elects not to submit a Preliminary Schedule, then the Contractor shall submit a complete
Baseline Schedule within 14 days of award of the Contract, which will be subject to all requirements of a
Baseline submittal. The Preliminary Schedule shall not show any progress and it will be approved by the
Engineer before work can commence. The Preliminary Schedule shall be used as the basis for the Baseline
Schedule.
(e) Baseline Schedule. If the Contractor elects to submit a Preliminary Schedule, within 45 days of the award of
Contract, the Contractor shall submit a Baseline Schedule that includes all work activities completed within
Contract Time. The Contractor shall not show progress in the Baseline Schedule. Further partial payments
77
will not be made beyond 60 days after the start of Contract Time unless the Baseline Schedule is approved.
When approved, the Baseline Schedule shall become the Project Schedule.
The Contractor shall use all information known by the Contractor at the time of bid submittal to develop the
Baseline Schedule.
If the Contractor elects to submit a Baseline Schedule in lieu of a Preliminary Schedule, the Baseline
Schedule shall be approved before work can commence.
(f) Methods Statements. The Contractor shall submit a Methods Statement for each salient feature or as directed
by the Engineer that describes all work necessary to complete the feature. The Contractor shall include the
following information in the Methods Statement:
(1) Salient feature name;
(2) Responsibility for the salient feature work;
(3) Planned work procedures;
(4) The planned quantity of work per day for each salient feature using the same units of measure as the
applicable pay item;
(5) The anticipated labor force by labor type;
(6) The number, types, and capacities of equipment planned for the work;
(7) The planned time for the work including the number of work days per week, number of shifts per day,
and the number of hours per shift.
(g) Project Schedule Update. The Contractor shall submit a monthly update of the Project Schedule updated
through the cut-off date for the monthly progress pay estimate, and a projection for completing all remaining
activities. A schedule update may show a completion date that is different than the Contract completion date,
after the baseline schedule is approved. Approval of this schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of its
obligation to complete the work within the Contract Time. In this case, the Contractor shall provide an
explanation for a late scheduled completion date in the Job Progress Narrative Report included with the
schedule submittal.
When approved, the Project Schedule Update will become the Project Schedule. The Engineer will not issue a
monthly progress payment if the Engineer has not received the Project Schedule Update. The Engineer will
not make monthly progress payments for the months following the Project Schedule Update submission until
the Engineer approves the Project Schedule Update.
When the project has a maintenance or landscape establishment period, the Engineer may waive the monthly
update requirement. The Contractor shall submit a final Project Schedule Update that shows all work through
the final acceptance date.
(h) Weekly Planning Schedule. The Contractor shall submit, in writing, a Weekly Planning Schedule that
shows the Contractor’s and all Subcontractor’s planned activities for a minimum of two weeks immediately
following the date of submittal and actual days worked versus planned for the week prior to the date of
submittal. This schedule shall include the description, duration and sequence of work activities and
anticipated lane closures for the upcoming two weeks. The Weekly Planning Schedule may be a time-scaled
logic diagram or other standard format as approved by the Engineer. subsection 108.03(c) Schedule Submittal
requirements for reports do not apply to the Weekly Planning Schedule.
(i) Schedule Revision. A Schedule Revision is required in the event of any major change to the work.
Examples of major changes are:
78
(1) Significant changes in logic or methods of construction or changes to the critical path;
(2) Addition, deletion, or revision of activities required by contract modification order;
(3) Approval of a Contractor submitted Value Engineering Change Proposal;
(4) Delays in milestones or project completion;
(5) Phasing revisions, or;
(6) If the Engineer determines that the schedule does not reflect the actual work.
This revision shall include a description of the measures necessary to achieve completion of the work within
the Contract Time. The Contractor may also need to submit revised Methods Statements. The Contractor shall
provide a Schedule Revision within 10 days of written notification and shall include the diagrams and reports
as described in subsection 108.03 (b) Schedule - General and (c) Schedule Submittals. In this case, the
Contractor shall provide an explanation for a late scheduled completion date in the Job Progress Narrative
Report included with the schedule.
Once approved, the Schedule Revision becomes the Project Schedule.
(j) Payment. All costs relating to the requirements of this subsection will not be paid for separately, but shall
be included in the work.
79
January 31, 2013
REVISION OF SECTION 108
SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 108.01 and replace with the following:
108.01 Subletting of Contract. The Contractor shall not sublet, sell, transfer, assign, or dispose of the Contract or
Contracts, or any portion thereof without written permission of the Engineer. Prior to beginning any work by
subcontractor, the Contractor shall request permission from the Engineer by submitting a completed Sublet Permit
Application, CDOT Form No. 205. The subcontract work shall not begin until the Contractor has received the
Engineer’s written permission. The Contractor shall make all project related written subcontracts, agreements, and
purchase orders available to the Engineer for viewing, upon request and at a location convenient to the Engineer.
The Contractor will be permitted to sublet a portion of the Contract, however, the Contractor’s organization shall
perform work amounting to 30 percent or more of the total original contract amount. Any items designated in the
contract as “specialty items” may be performed by subcontract. The cost of “specialty items” so performed by
subcontract may be deducted from the total original contract amount before computing the amount of work
required to be performed by the Contractor’s own organization. The original contract amount includes the cost of
material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the Contractor and the actual
agreement amounts between the Contractor and a subcontractor. Proportional value of a subcontracted partial
contract item will be verified by the Engineer. When a firm both sells material to a prime contractor and performs
the work of incorporating the materials into the project, these two phases shall be considered in combination and
as constituting a single subcontract.
The calculation of the percentage of subcontracted work shall be based on subcontract unit prices.
Subcontracts or transfer of Contract shall not release the Contractor of liability under the Contract and Bond.
80
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 109
COMPENSATION FOR COMPENSABLE DELAYS
In subsection 109.10, delete the first two paragraphs and replace with the following:
109.10 Compensation for Compensable Delays. If the Engineer determines that a delay is compensable in
accordance with either subsection 105.22, 105.23, 105.24, or 108.08, monetary compensation will be determined
in accordance with this subsection.
(a) These categories represent the only costs that are recoverable by the Contractor. All other costs or categories
of costs are not recoverable:
(1) Actual wages and benefits, including FICA, paid for additional labor not otherwise included in (5) below;
(2) Costs for additional bond, insurance and tax;
(3) Increased costs for materials;
(4) Equipment costs calculated in accordance with subsection 109.04(c) for Contractor owned equipment and
based on invoice costs for rented equipment;
(5) Costs of extended job site overhead;
(6) Costs of salaried employees not otherwise included in (1) or (5) above incurred as a direct result of the
delay;
(7) Claims from subcontractors and suppliers at any level (the same level of detail as specified herein is
required for all such claims);
(8) An additional 16 percent will be added to the total of items (1) through (7) as compensation for items for
which no specific allowance is provided, including profit and home office overhead.
81
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 109
MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 109.01, delete the 17th paragraph and replace it with the following:
Vehicles used to haul material being paid for by weight shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Each of
these vehicles shall be weighed empty daily at times directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish to the
Engineer, in writing, a vehicle identification sheet that lists the following for each delivery vehicle to be used on
the project:
(1) identification mark
(2) vehicle length
(3) tare weight
(4) number of axles
(5) the distance between extreme axles
(6) information related to legal weight, including the Permit No. and permitted weight of each vehicle for which
the State has issued an overweight permit.
This information shall be furnished prior to time of delivery of the material and at any subsequent time the
Contractor changes vehicles, combination vehicles, axle length relationships, or overweight permitting of
vehicles.
82
January 6, 2012
REVISION OF SECTION 109
MEASUREMENT OF WATER
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 109.01, delete the twenty-sixth paragraph and replace with the following:
Water may be measured either by volume or weight. Water meters shall be accurate within a range of ± 3
percent. When water is metered, the Contractor shall use an approved metering device and shall furnish the
Engineer a certificate showing the meter has been accurately calibrated within the time allowed in the following
schedule:
2 inch 4 years
4 inch to 6 inch 2 years
8 inch to 10 inch 1 year
83
October 29, 2015
REVISION OF SECTION 109
SCALES
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 109.01, delete the 11th paragraph and replace with the following:
Materials measured or proportioned by weight shall be weighed on accurate scales. Scales shall be accurate
within the allowable tolerances as prescribed by State law. The scales shall be tested for accuracy by the
Colorado Department of Agriculture or an approved Colorado Department of Agriculture vendor
(https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/aginspection/scale-companies) as least once each year, each time the scales are
relocated, and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary. Scales shall be furnished by the Contractor or the
Contractor may utilize commercial scales.
84
July 19, 2012
REVISION OF SECTIONS 203, 206, 304 AND 613
COMPACTION
Sections 203, 206, 304 and 613 of Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 203.03 (a), delete the fifth paragraph and replace with the following:
1. Soil Embankment. Soil embankment consists of materials with 50 percent or more of the material passing the
4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve.
A soil embankment may also have more than 50 percent of the material retained on the 4.75 mm (No. 4)
sieve, but no more than 30 percent of the material retained on the 19 mm (3/4 inch) sieve.
Soil embankment shall be constructed with moisture density control in accordance with the requirements of
subsection 203.07.
2. Rock Embankment. Rock embankment consist of materials with 50 percent or more of the material retained on
the 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve and with more than 30 percent of the material retained on the 19 mm (3/4 inch)
sieve. All material shall be smaller than 6 inches. Rock embankments shall be constructed without moisture
density control in accordance with the requirements of subsection 203.08.
Delete Subsection 203.07 and replace with the following:
203.07 Construction of Embankment and Treatment of Cut Areas with Moisture and Density Control. Soil
embankments shall be constructed with moisture and density control and the soil upon which the embankments
are to be constructed shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches and compacted with moisture and density control.
The moisture content of the soil at the time of compaction shall be as specified or directed.
The material shall be removed from the full width of roadbed in all cut sections to the designated depth. The soil
below the designated depth shall be thoroughly scarified to a depth of 6 inches and the moisture content increased
or reduced, as necessary, to obtain the moisture content specified. This scarified layer shall then be compacted to
the relative compaction specified.
All embankment material shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent relative compaction. Maximum dry
density of all soil types encountered or used will be determined in accordance with AASHTO T 99 as modified by
CP 23.
Soils shall be compacted at ± 2 percent of Optimum Moisture Content (OMC) as determined by AASTHO T 99.
Soils having greater than 35 percent passing the 75 µm (No. 200) sieve shall be compacted to 0 to 3 percent above
OMC. Soils which are unstable at the above moisture content shall be compacted at lower moisture content to the
specified density.
Additional work involved in drying embankment material to the required moisture content shall be included in the
contract price paid for excavating or furnishing the material with no additional compensation.
Density requirements will not apply to materials which cannot be tested in accordance with the above procedures
for determining maximum dry density. Compaction for materials which cannot be tested shall be in accordance
with subsection 203.08.
Claystone or soil-like non-durable shale shall be pulverized and compacted to the specified moisture and percent
of relative compaction and shall be compacted with a heavy tamping foot roller, weighing at least 30 tons. Each
tamping foot roller shall protrude from the drum a minimum of 4 inches. Each embankment layer shall receive a
85
minimum of three or more coverages with the tamping foot roller to obtain density. One coverage consists of one
pass over the entire surface designated. One pass consists of the passing of an acceptable tamping foot roller over
a given spot. The roller shall be operated at a uniform speed not exceeding 3 miles per hour. No additional
compensation will be made for additional roller coverages to achieve specified density requirements.
In subsection 206.03, delete the fourth and fifth paragraphs and replace with the following:
Backfill shall consist of approved materials uniformly distributed in layers brought up equally on all sides of the
structure. Each layer of backfill shall not exceed 6 inches before compacting to the required density and before
successive layers are placed. Structure backfill (Class 1) shall be compacted to a density of not less than 95
percent of maximum dry density determined in accordance with AASHTO T 180 as modified by CP 23. Backfill
shall be compacted at ± 2 percent of Optimum Moisture Content (OMC).
Structure backfill (Class 2) shall be compacted to a density of not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density.
The maximum dry density and OMC for A-1, A-2-4. A-2-5 and A-3 materials will be determined in accordance
with AASHTO T 180 as modified by CP 23. The maximum dry density and OMC for all other materials will be
determined in accordance with AASHTO T 99 as modified by CP 23. Materials shall be compacted at ± 2percent
of Optimum Moisture Content (OMC). Materials having greater than 35 percent passing the 75 µm (No. 200)
sieve shall be compacted at 0 to 3 percent above OMC.
In subsection 304.06, delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
304.06 Shaping and Compaction. Compaction of each layer shall continue until a density of not less than 95
percent of the maximum density determined in accordance with AASHTO T 180 as modified by CP 23 has been
achieved. The moisture content shall be at +/-2 percent of optimum moisture content. The surface of each layer
shall be maintained during the compaction operations so that a uniform texture is produced and the aggregates are
firmly keyed. Moisture conditioning shall be performed uniformly during compaction.
In subsection 613.07, delete the 15th paragraph and replace with the following:
Trenching shall be backfilled and compacted as follows: Backfill shall be deposited in uniform layers. The
thickness of each layer shall be 6 inches or less thick prior to compaction. The space under the conduit shall be
completely filled. The remainder of the trench and excavation shall be backfilled to the finished grade. The
backfill material shall be compacted to the density of not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density. The
maximum dry density and optimum moisture content (OMC) for A-1, A-2-4. A-2-5 and A-3 materials will
determined in accordance with AASHTO T 180 as modified by CP 23. The maximum dry density and OMC for
all other materials will determined in accordance with AASHTO T 99 as modified by CP 23. Materials shall be
compacted at ± 2percent of Optimum Moisture Content (OMC). Materials having greater than 35 percent passing
the 75 µm (No. 200) sieve shall be compacted at 0 to 3 percent above OMC. Each layer shall be mechanically
compacted by tamping with power tools approved by the Engineer. Compaction methods or equipment that
damage the conduit shall not be used.
86
April 30, 2015
REVISION OF SECTION 208
EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR
Section 208 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 208.03(c), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
(c) Erosion Control Supervisor. When included in the Contract, the Contractor shall assign to the project an
individual to serve in the capacity of the Erosion Control Supervisor (ECS). The ECS shall be a person other
than the Superintendent. The ECS shall be experienced in all aspects of construction and have satisfactorily
completed the Transportation Erosion Control Supervisor (TECS) training program authorized by the
Department. A copy of the TECS certificate shall be placed in the SWMP Notebook confirming certification
number and that the qualification has not expired. Proof that this requirement has been met shall be submitted
to the Engineer prior to or at the environmental preconstruction conference. The ECS shall act as the SWMP
Administrator on the project. The SWMP Administrator shall be responsible for oversight of the
implementation, maintenance, and revision of the SWMP for the duration of the project. The ECS shall use
the information provided in CDOT’s Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Guide and the CDPS-SCP.
87
April 26, 2012
REVISION OF SECTION 212
SEED
Section 212 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 212.02 (a), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
(a) Seed. All seed shall be furnished in bags or containers clearly labeled to show the name and address of the
supplier, the seed name, the lot number, net weight, origin, the percent of weed seed content, the guaranteed
percentage of purity and germination, pounds of pure live seed (PLS) of each seed species, and the total
pounds of PLS in the container. All seeds shall be free from noxious weed seeds in accordance with current
state and local lists and as indicated in Section 213. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a signed
statement certifying that the seed is from a lot that has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed testing
within thirteen months prior to the date of seeding. The Engineer may obtain seed samples from the seed
equipment, furnished bags or containers to test seed for species identification, purity and germination. Seed
tested and found to be less than 10 percent of the labeled certified PLS and different than the specified species
will not be accepted. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or damaged in transit or in storage will not be
accepted.
88
January 15, 2015
REVISION OF SECTION 250
ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT
Section 250 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted for this projected and replaced with the
following:
DESCRIPTION
250.01 This work consists of protection of the environment, persons, and property from contaminants that
may be encountered on the Project. This includes monitoring the work for encounters with contaminants or
suspected soil and groundwater contaminants; the management of solid, special, and hazardous waste; and
management of visual emissions associated with hazardous waste, when encountered on the project.
250.02 The Contractor shall furnish all personnel, materials, equipment, laboratory services and traffic
control necessary to perform the contamination monitoring, testing, and site remediation when required.
Traffic control shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 630.
Monitoring equipment used to detect flammable gas, oxygen level, and toxic gas shall be capable of detection
to meet the following standards:
Instrument Detection
Constituent Threshold Limit Increments
Flammable Gas 1% LEL 1%
Oxygen 19% 0.1%
Toxic Gas 1 PPM 1 PPM
LEL = lower explosive limit
PPM = parts per million
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
250.03 General. Prospective bidders, including subcontractors, are required to review the environmental
documents available for this project. These documents are listed in subsection 102.05 as revised for this
project.
This project may be in the vicinity of property associated with petroleum products, heavy metal based paint,
landfill, buried foundations, abandoned utility lines, industrial area or other sites which can yield hazardous
substances or produce dangerous gases. These hazardous substances or gases can migrate within or into the
construction area and could create hazardous conditions. The Contractor shall use appropriate methods to
reduce and control known landfill, industrial gases, and visible emissions from asbestos encounters and
hazardous substances which exist or migrate into the construction area. The Contractor shall follow CDOT’s
Asbestos-Contaminated Soil Management Standard Operating Procedure, dated August 22, 2011 for proper
handling of asbestos-contaminated soil, and follow all applicable Solid and Hazardous Waste Regulations for
proper handling of soils encountered that contain any other substance mentioned above.
Encountering suspected contaminated material, including groundwater, old foundations, building materials,
demolition debris, or utility lines that may contain asbestos or be contaminated by asbestos, is possible at
some point during the construction of this project. When suspected contaminated material, including
groundwater, is encountered or brought to the surface, the procedures under subsection 250.03(d) and 250.05
shall be followed.
89
Transportation of waste materials on public highways, streets and roadways shall be done in accordance with
Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). All labeling, manifesting, transportation, etc. of waste materials
generated on this project shall be coordinated with the Engineer. All hazardous waste manifests for waste
materials generated on this project shall list the Colorado Department of Transportation as the generator of the
waste materials except as otherwise noted. If the Contractor contaminates the site, the Contractor shall be
listed as the generator on the hazardous waste manifests, permits, and other documents for such material. If
the project is not on a State Highway or frontage road, then the appropriate local governmental entity having
jurisdiction over the transportation system facility shall be listed as the hazardous waste generator.
If waste materials must be handled in a permitted treatment, storage and disposal (TSD) facility, the facility
shall be designated in writing by the Engineer. If the waste materials are the result of the Contractor’s
actions, the Contractor shall designate the facility.
The hazardous waste transportation phase of the work involves insurance required by law and regulations. If
the waste materials are determined to be hazardous, the Contractor must submit proof that the transportation
company is covered by the appropriate type and amount of insurance required by laws and regulations
governing the transportation of hazardous waste.
The Contractor alone bears the responsibility for determining that the work is accomplished in strict
accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, standards, and codes governing
special waste, petroleum and hazardous substance encounters and releases.
The Contract will list known or suspected areas of contamination. Health and Safety Officer, Monitoring
Technician, and Health and Safety Plan shall be required when so stated in the Contract.
(a) Health and Safety Officer (HSO). The Contractor shall designate a HSO, not the project superintendent,
who shall have at least two years field experience in chemical related health and safety. The HSO shall
be either a certified industrial hygienist (CIH), certified hazardous materials manager (CHMM),
professional engineer (PE) licensed in the State of Colorado, certified safety professional (CSP), or
registered environmental manager (REM) meeting the criteria set forth in 29 CFR 1926. When asbestos is
present or is suspected to be present, the HSO shall have additional training and certification in
accordance with the Air Quality Control Commission Regulation No. 8 Part B. The HSO shall meet the
minimum training and medical surveillance requirements established by the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for a supervisory Site
Safety Official per 29 CFR 1962.65. The Contractor shall furnish documentation to the Engineer, at the
preconstruction conference, that the above requirements have been met. 250.03.
The HSO shall be equipped with the following:
(1) Communication equipment as required in subsection 250.03(d)2.A. and a vehicle.
(2) Monitoring and detection equipment for flammable gas, oxygen sufficiency, toxic gas, radiological
screening and other hazards. This includes, as required, a combustible gas indicator, flame ionization
or photo ionization detector, oxygen meter, radiation monitor with Geiger Mueller detector and other
foreseeable equipment.
(3) Depth gauging equipment, sampling equipment and sampling containers.
(4) Personal protective equipment (levels C and D) when required.
The HSO shall recommend and supervise those actions which will minimize the risk of hazardous substance
related injury to the workers, Department personnel, the general public, property and the environment.
Hazardous substance is defined in 29 CFR 1926.32. The HSO shall prepare written procedures for the
monitoring of confined space entry and working in or near excavations, including but not limited to trenches
90
and drill holes associated with this project. The HSO shall conduct or supervise all hazardous substance and
solid waste related testing, sampling, monitoring and handling for this project to ensure compliance with
applicable statutes and regulations, and other applicable environmental requirements under subsections
107.01 and 107.02.
The HSO shall be available for consultation and assistance with contaminated materials related testing,
sampling, and field monitoring as required by the Engineer.
The HSO shall prepare and submit a bound and indexed final site report to the Engineer at the end of the
project. This site report shall include a detailed summary of all contaminated materials and contaminated
water that were encountered and their final disposition.
During each week the HSO is utilized, the HSO shall prepare a daily diary which shall be submitted to the
Contractor and the Engineer. This diary shall be submitted at the end of the week and shall become a part of
the Department’s records. The diary shall contain a chronological log of activities on the project including:
dates and times on site, equipment used and calibrations, field monitoring results, visual observations,
conversations, directives both given and received, and disposition of suspected hazardous substances. The
Engineer will review this submittal and approve the actual number of hours to be paid.
(b) Monitoring Technician (MT). The Contractor shall designate a monitoring technician to be responsible
for monitoring of hazardous substances during work on the project. The MT shall have a minimum of
two years of actual field experience in assessment and remediation of hazardous substances that may be
encountered during highway construction projects. The MT shall be experienced in the operation of
monitoring devices, identifying substances based upon experience and observation, and field sampling
(for testing) of all media that may be found on the site. Completion of the 40 hour hazardous waste and 8
hour supervisory training required by OSHA and U.S. EPA rules and regulations which complies with the
accreditation criteria under the provisions of the proposed 29 CFR 1910.121 is required prior to beginning
work. The Contractor shall furnish documentation at the Preconstruction Conference that demonstrates
these requirements have been met.
The MT shall be equipped with the following:
(1) Communication equipment as required in subsection 250.03(d)2.A. and a vehicle.
(2) Monitoring and detection equipment for flammable gas, oxygen sufficiency, toxic gas, radiological
screening and other hazards. This includes, as required, a combustible gas indicator, flame ionization
or photo ionization detector, oxygen meter, radiation monitor with Geiger Mueller detector and other
foreseeable equipment.
(3) Personal protective equipment (levels C and D) when required.
The MT shall be present on site and perform monitoring as required by 250.03(d) when work is being
performed in areas of suspected contamination and on a predetermined basis throughout other work on the
project.
The MT shall monitor for compliance with regulations, the project Health and Safety Plan and the Materials
Management Plan (if they exist for the project), the Contract, and the environmental documents for the
project. The MT shall immediately notify the Contractor, the Engineer and the HSO of any hazardous
condition.
During each week the MT is utilized, the MT shall prepare a daily monitoring diary which shall be submitted
to the Contractor, HSO and the Engineer. This diary shall be submitted at the end of the week and shall
become a part of the Department’s records. The diary shall contain a chronological log of activities on the
project including: dates and times on site, equipment used and calibrations, field monitoring results, visual
91
observations, conversations, directives both given and received, and disposition of suspected hazardous
substances. The Engineer will review this submittal and approve the actual number of hours to be paid.
(c) Health and Safety Plan (HASP). The HSO shall prepare a written HASP for the project, formatted as
shown in Appendix B, Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site
Activities, DHHS (NIOSH) Publication Number 85-115, available from the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office. The Contractor and the HSO shall review the
environmental documents listed prior to preparation of the HASP.
Four signed copies of the HASP shall be furnished to the Engineer for acceptance. The Engineer shall have
seven calendar days to review and accept or reject the proposed HASP. Within five calendar days after
acceptance, the HSO shall distribute signed and stamped (or sealed) copies of the accepted HASP to each
emergency response agency servicing the project area, the HASP designated emergency hospital, and five
copies to the Engineer. Earth or demolition work shall not occur until after the HASP is accepted and the
HASP has been distributed. The HASP shall also be available to the Contractor’s employees, their
representatives, and officials of OSHA, EPA, Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment
(CDPHE), local government health department, Federal Highway Administration, and other appropriate
agencies and officials as may be designated by the Engineer. The Engineer will distribute the accepted HASP
to appropriate Department personnel. The HASP shall be kept current and shall be revised by the HSO as
warranted by changes in the field conditions.
All on-site workers (Contractor’s, Department’s, Utilities’, and others) shall be briefed by the HSO on the
contents of the HASP and any revisions thereof. The HSO shall conduct briefings (group or individual) to
inform new employees, subcontractors, utility companies and other on-site workers of the HASP contents
prior to their entry on site. All personnel involved in excavation or other soil disturbing activities shall receive
the required two-hour Asbestos Awareness training by a Certified Asbestos Inspector, when asbestos
discoveries are anticipated, or discoveries are made. A signature log of all briefing attendees shall be kept and
furnished to the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide, as required, eye wash equipment and stations,
emergency showers, hand and face washing facilities and first aid equipment.
The Contractor shall provide, as required, decontamination facilities for personnel and equipment employed
in the work. The exact procedure for decontamination and frequency shall be included in the accepted HASP.
Decontamination facilities shall meet the criteria set forth in the Code of Federal Regulations (29 CFR and 40
CFR).
(d) Precautions and Procedures. The following minimum precautions and procedures shall be followed
during the construction of the project:
1. General construction precautions:
A. All monitoring and piezometer wells and test borings shall be established or abandoned by
the Contractor as regulated by the State Engineer’s Office. Copies of all required permits,
notification, and abandonment documents shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to payment
approval.
B. Hazardous substance related activities shall have a work plan for each work phase which
shall be coordinated with the Engineer at least three working days prior to commencement of
each phase of the work.
C. The Contractor shall properly handle all investigation derived waste generated by this project.
Documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer of all tests performed for Treatment,
Storage and Disposal (TSD) determination; classification of waste; hauling records; TSD
acceptance; manifest (if required); etc. in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
D. When the work may involve air emissions, the Contractor shall contact the Colorado
Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE), Air Pollution Control Division to
ascertain if an air pollution emission notice (APEN) or permit is required for this operation.
The Contractor shall be responsible for filing the APEN and obtaining said permit, if
92
required. The processing of air pollution permits, if required, in non-attainment areas or
where public hearings are required, likely will take more than 90 days.
2. For construction on a known or potentially contaminated site, the following conditions shall
apply, in addition to those listed in subsection 250.03(d)1:
A. The HSO shall be on site or readily available by radio, telephone or pager at all times during
the work. When on site, the HSO shall have an operational portable or mobile cellular
telephone available for immediate use in areas where such service is available. When on site
in cellular telephone non-service areas, the HSO shall have available, for immediate use,
radio access to a site with telephone service. The HSO shall be notified at least 24 hours
prior to the start of confined space entry, storage tank removal, drilling, excavation,
trenching, or dewatering operations.
B. The HSO shall designate the onsite monitoring equipment for flammable gases, oxygen
deficient or enriched atmosphere, and toxic gases, such as but not limited to, a flame
ionization detector, photoionization detector, combustible gas indicator, and oxygen meter.
This designated equipment shall be on site during all construction operations and be utilized
during trenching, drilling, excavating, confined space entry, underground storage tank
removal, and other appropriate construction operations. The exact equipment to fulfill this
requirement shall be specified in the accepted HASP. The HSO shall conduct or supervise
the monitoring. The monitoring equipment shall be calibrated as recommended by the
manufacturer.
C. When drilling, trenching, or excavating in the presence of detectable concentrations of
explosive gases, the soil shall be wetted and the operating equipment shall be provided with
spark proof exhausts.
D. The Contractor, through the HSO, is responsible for ensuring that 29 CFR 1926 is fully
complied with during the construction of the project.
E. Affected excavation operations shall be discontinued and personnel shall be removed from
the affected excavation sites where any of the following levels are detected:
(1) 20.0 percent or more LEL flammable gas, or 10.0 percent in an underground or confined
space,
(2) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) of any toxic gas,
(3) 19.5 percent or less oxygen,
(4) 25.0 percent or more oxygen,
(5) Greater than 2 mrem/hr. (Beta particle & photon radioactivity),
(6) Greater than 15 pCi/L (Gross alpha particle activity), or
(7) Other action levels as determined by the HSO.
(8) Uncovering of suspect Asbestos Containing Material (ACM), including but not limited
to, buried facility components, active or abandoned utility lines, buried foundations and
demolition debris, or miscellaneous ACM dispersed in the soil. The Contractor shall
follow the procedures outlined in the HASP and 29 CFR 1926 to address these
conditions. Work shall resume in these areas when approved by the Engineer.
F. Personnel shall be issued and utilize appropriate Health and Safety equipment as determined
by the HSO, who shall provide the Engineer with a written explanation of what personal
protective equipment (PPE) shall be worn, when, and by which personnel. Except in
emergency cases, the Engineer shall be advised by the HSO of changes in the degree of PPE
prior to implementation.
G. Personnel shall avoid the area immediately downwind of any excavation unless the
excavation is monitored and declared safe.
H. The operators of excavating, trenching, or drilling equipment shall wear appropriate PPE as
required in the HASP.
I. Exhaust blowers shall be present at the location where required in the accepted HASP.
J. The Contractor shall accomplish the work with employees who have been trained and
equipped as required by the HASP and applicable provisions of 29 CFR 1910 and 29 CFR
1926.
93
K. Fire extinguishers, electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to the applicable
requirements of 29 CFR 1926 and 49 CFR.
L. Smoking shall not be permitted within 50 feet of any excavation.
3. For construction within 1000 feet of a known or potentially contaminated site, the following
conditions, in addition to those listed in subsection 250.03(d) 1. shall apply:
A. The areas under construction shall be checked with a combustible gas indicator before
excavation begins to determine if flammable or combustible gas is in the area.
B. Excavations, trenches and drill holes shall be monitored by the HSO for flammable gas, toxic
gas and oxygen deficiency or enrichment. This shall be carried out continuously unless the
presence of flammable, combustible or toxic gas, or oxygen deficiency or enrichment in the
area can be ruled out by the HSO. The recommendation to discontinue monitoring must be
agreed to by the Engineer and the Contractor. Prior to implementation, this agreement shall
be written, and shall contain specific conditions that will require re-evaluation of the area.
C. When flammable or toxic gas is found in the area, those precautions and procedures in
subsection 250.03(d)2 shall apply.
4. The following procedures shall be followed if the level of contamination as documented in the
environmental documents referenced in subsection 102.05 as revised for this project is exceeded,
or if previously unidentified contaminated air, soil or water, is encountered during the
construction of the project:
A. Work in the immediate area of the release or discovery of contamination shall cease. The
Engineer shall be immediately notified.
B. If no HSO is required by the Contract, the Contractor shall designate an HSO as directed, in
accordance with subsection 250.03(a).
C. The Engineer may direct the HSO to evaluate the material for potential hazardous substance
or other contamination or unsafe conditions. This evaluation may include, but is not limited
to, on site field monitoring, on site testing, and on or off site laboratory analysis. Removal of
storage tanks and surrounding contaminated soils shall be in accordance with applicable laws,
regulations and established procedures. If the contaminated material cannot be placed in the
embankment or remediated on site, it must be removed to an appropriate TSD facility, as
designated in writing by the Engineer. The HSO shall supervise the necessary testing
required to make appropriate TSD determinations. Disposal of the unsuitable material shall
be considered as remediation work as described in subsection 250.03(d)4.D and
250.03(d)4.E.
D. If this site is determined to be contaminated with petroleum products, hazardous substances
or other solid waste in excess of that indicated in the above listed site investigation
documents, a thorough Site Investigation and Waste Management Plan shall be accomplished
under the supervision of the HSO The Site Investigation and Waste Management Plan shall
be submitted to the Engineer for approval and shall determine the extent of contamination
and propose at least three types of remedial action for the contaminated area as required by
applicable statutes and regulations. The HSO shall be available to assist the Engineer in
explaining this study to the regulatory agencies. When requested by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall prepare a Remediation Plan based on the selected remedial method, and shall
submit this to the Engineer for approval. The time required for the Engineer’s review of the
Remediation Plan, including all necessary drawings, calculations, specifications, and other
documentation will not exceed four weeks after a complete submittal is received. This work
shall not be done unless authorized in writing by the Engineer.
E. If the site is determined to be contaminated with petroleum products; hazardous chemicals,
materials, or wastes; or other solid wastes, and is required to be remediated, the HSO or other
qualified individuals will supervise the Remediation Plan implementation as concurred to by
the regulatory agencies, as directed. Hazardous Waste generated by remedial activities shall
list the Colorado Department of Transportation as the hazardous waste generator on the
required paperwork for projects on State Highways and their associated frontage roads. If
this project is not on a State Highway or frontage road, then the appropriate local
governmental entity having jurisdiction over the transportation system facility shall be listed
94
as the hazardous waste generator. If the waste disturbed or produced was caused by
Contractor negligence, the Contractor shall be listed as the hazardous waste generator.
Remediation work shall be done only when authorized by the Engineer in writing.
250.04 Heavy Metal Based Paint Management. When the work includes the removal of paint or items
covered with paint which may contain lead, chromium or other heavy metals, the requirements of this
subsection shall apply in addition to the requirements of subsection 250.03.
The requirements of the HASP shall be in accordance with OSHA Publication Number 3142, Working with
Lead in the Construction Industry.
Paint Removal and Waste Disposal work shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62, State and
local air quality regulations, the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Guide for Containing Debris
Generated During Paint Removal Operations, the Industrial Lead Paint Removal Handbook (SSPC 91-18),
and the references contained therein.
The following minimum precautions and procedures shall be followed unless modified in the approved HASP
or its updates:
(a) The Contractor shall contact the CDPHE, Air Pollution Control Division to ascertain if an air pollution
permit is required for the cleaning or demolition work. If an air pollution permit is required, the
Contractor shall obtain the permit. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a copy of the permit
application and the permit issued prior to starting cleaning or demolition activities. A copy of the Air
Pollution Emission Notice [APEN] shall be provided to the Engineer, if such notice is required under the
Colorado Air Quality Control Commission’s regulations. The processing of air pollution permits in non-
attainment areas, or where public hearings are required, likely will take more than 90 days.
(b) The Contractor shall contain paint chips, corrosion residues, and spent abrasives, herein referred to as
waste materials, resulting from the cleaning or demolition operations. The Contractor shall not deposit or
release waste material into the water, air or onto the ground below or adjacent to the structure. The
Contractor shall conduct cleaning operations to minimize the waste materials produced. Prior to
beginning the work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for acceptance, a detailed methods
statement for capturing, testing, and disposing of the removed materials. The Engineer will have seven
calendar days to review, and accept or reject this methods statement.
(c) Abrasives utilized for blast cleaning shall be low-dusting and low waste. Unless approved otherwise,
vacuum blasting or wheel blasting shall be used.
(d) The HSO shall sample and test the waste material for lead, chromium, and other paint associated heavy
metals using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) Test, Method 1311 of the EPA
publication, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste 846. Sample collection methodology and
frequency shall be recommended by the HSO and accepted by the Engineer with an adequate number of
samples taken to be representative of all waste material collected. If the waste material does not pass the
TCLP test, it shall be disposed of in a permitted TSD facility as designated in writing by the Engineer.
The waste materials handling decision shall be documented by a report (five copies) submitted to the
Engineer. This documentation shall include a description of sample collection methodology, testing
performed, test results and comparison of test results with hazardous waste requirements. The waste
material shall not be held at an unpermitted TSD facility site in excess of Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) temporary storage time limits.
(e) When an item coated with paint is removed, all loose paint shall be removed and collected from the item
within 24 hours of the time it is removed or placed onto the ground. All loose paint shall be removed and
collected from a painted item before it is removed from the site. The Contractor shall contain loose paint
until it is removed and collected. Loose paint is defined as that which can be removed by manual
95
scraping methods. Over waterways, the Contractor shall capture all paint debris by the method specified
in the methods statement. The paint debris shall be collected on a daily basis and shall be stored in a
properly labeled, tightly sealed container and placed in a secured location at the end of each working day.
(f) All painted steel components which are not designated to be salvaged shall be recycled. Contractor
possession of the steel for future use shall be considered a form of recycling. Prior to transport of the
components off-site, the Contractor shall obtain a letter from the recipients of the painted steel
components stating that they have been fully informed of the contents of the paint and are capable of
handling the paint. If the Contractor is to maintain future possession of the steel, the Contractor shall
supply this letter. If there will be more than one recipient of the painted material, one letter shall be
obtained from each recipient. The Contractor shall provide a copy of each letter to the Engineer. If the
painted steel components will be recycled by melting, the letter from the recipient is not required. The
Contractor shall submit a letter stating the destination of the painted steel components and that they will
be melted.
(g) When the work consists of the removal of a bridge or components of a bridge coated with paint which has
been assumed to contain lead, chromium, other heavy metals, or a combination thereof the Contractor
shall capture paint debris which is dislodged during removal operations. The Contractor may choose any
method for dismantling the bridge, subject to the following required construction sequence limitations:
(1) The concrete deck shall be removed prior to removal of the steel superstructure.
(2) If the methods statement indicates that girders will be dropped to the ground during dismantling, all
debris from the concrete deck removal operation shall be removed from the area below the bridge
before any girders are dropped into this area.
(3) Girders may be cut and dropped only if the span is located entirely over land.
250.05 Material Handling. This work consists of the additional handling of groundwater and soils to be
excavated for construction of the project which are suspected or known to be contaminated. This work also
includes stockpiling or containerization, analytical sampling and testing, and final disposition of contaminated
groundwater and soils requiring special handling.
The Contractor shall maintain vertical trench walls for the work in the specified areas of known or potential
contamination, as shown on the plans. Shoring may be necessary to meet this requirement. The Contractor
shall confine the removal of contaminated groundwater and soils encountered as a result of the excavation
activities in the specified areas to the vertical and horizontal limits of structure excavation specified in the
Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for any contaminated materials generated beyond the limits of
excavation. This shall include any sampling, analysis, and disposal required, and the costs thereof. The
Contractor shall be listed as the generator of any such material. The limits of excavation shall be determined
as 18 inches outside of structures, including sewers, water lines, inlets, manholes, and other underground
structures to be constructed, or as directed.
Specific areas of known or potential contamination have been identified in the project plans. There is the
potential of encountering contaminated groundwater and soil, which has not been summarized in the plans or
specifications, at unknown locations on the site. Suspected contaminated soil and groundwater shall be
handled by one of three methods as follows:
(a) Materials Handling (Stockpile& Containerization). When recommended by the HSO and authorized by
the Engineer, material shall be stockpiled or containerized for analysis and characterization for proper
handling and, disposal, or both. Sampling and testing of materials shall be as described in the Contract.
If analysis indicates that soil samples are designated as uncontaminated, as determined by the criteria
shown in the Contract or as determined by the CDPHE, the associated soils will not require any special
handling and will become the property of the Contractor and may be used on site, subject to other
96
requirements of the Contract. Health and safety monitoring and strict fugitive dust control shall be
conducted during the placement of these soils. If analysis indicates that groundwater samples are
designated as uncontaminated, as determined by the criteria shown in the Contract or as determined by
the CDPHE, the groundwater shall be handled in accordance with subsection 107.25.
Stockpiled and containerized materials shall be secured in compliance with the following provisions until
they are determined to be uncontaminated:
1. The Contractor shall not store the material for more than 90 days.
2. The Contractor shall prevent any runoff from infiltrating the ground or running out of the containment
area.
3. Soils and groundwater containing different contaminants shall be placed in separate containers or
stockpiles.
4. The Contractor shall prevent the dispersion of materials or the dilution or mixing of containers and
stockpiles.
5. The ground surface on which the contaminated soils will be placed shall be covered with plastic
sheeting which will withstand the placement and removal of stockpiled materials without breaching.
6. The ground surface shall be graded to drain toward the edge of the soil piles and the berm or trench
around them shall be covered by plastic sheeting.
7. Proper security shall be provided in accordance with 40 CFR.
(b) Solid Waste Disposal. Soils determined to be contaminated, but not hazardous, as established by criteria
in the Contract or as determined by CDPHE or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, shall be
handled and disposed of, or both as recommended by the HSO and approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall haul this material to a solid waste disposal facility.
(c) Contaminated Groundwater Disposal. Groundwater determined to be contaminated, but not hazardous, as
established by criteria in the Contract or as determined by CDPHE or other regulatory agencies having
jurisdiction, shall be handled and disposed of, or both as recommended by the HSO and approved by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall prepare a dewatering plan proposing at least three types of treatment
and/or disposal options of contaminated groundwater as required by applicable statutes and regulations.
One of the treatment options shall include permitting and onsite treatment prior to discharge or disposal.
The dewatering plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval four weeks before dewatering
activities begin.
(d) Hazardous Waste Disposal. Soils and groundwater that are designated or suspected to be hazardous shall
be containerized immediately upon excavation or upon discovery. Hazardous material shall be labeled
and transported to a permitted treatment, storage and disposal (TSD) facility or to a hazardous waste
disposal facility approved by the Engineer.
(e) Additional Requirements. Stockpiled or containerized material characterized as uncontaminated,
contaminated or hazardous shall be stored and disposed of in a manner consistent with current established
federal, state, and local regulations for waste materials.
Materials with contaminants not specifically regulated shall be disposed of by the Contractor as directed,
in consultation with CDPHE. All areas where wastes are generated shall be reviewed by the HSO to
identify potential contaminant sources that may result in a contaminated waste stream.
97
Contaminated groundwater and soils, which have been identified as solid waste or hazardous waste,
requiring disposal according to federal, state, and local regulations, shall be transported in accordance
with 49 CFR by the Contractor to an appropriately permitted treatment facility, landfill, incinerator or
asphalt plant or other facility approved to accept the waste. CDPHE and the landfill or other treatment or
disposal facility shall be notified by the HSO of the material to be disposed of and the corresponding
analytical test results prior to shipment. Potentially contaminated water collected from the lined trench of
a stockpile shall be treated as required by Colorado Wastewater Discharge Permit System (CDPS)
permits, 29 CFR and 40 CFR and reimbursed separately in accordance with Contract requirements.
250.06 Sample delivery. This work consists of the collection, containerization and delivery of material
samples for analysis to the testing facility designated in the Contract.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) protocol and standards shall be followed in the collection,
containerization and transport of samples to be analyzed, including the documentation of the proper chain of
custody of all samples. The Contractor shall collect sufficient sample material to perform the required
analysis and is responsible for ensuring that appropriate climate control has been provided for sample
transport. Sample delivery shall be made within the maximum allowable holding time for each sample type,
not to exceed 24 hours, excluding weekends. The time period required for sample collection and delivery to
the testing facility will not be considered an excusable delay. The analysis to be completed and turnaround
time shall be approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of documentation indicating that proper chain of
custody requirements have been followed for all samples.
Quality control samples shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with the quality control
requirements of the testing facility designated in the Contract (quality control requirements are available from
the Engineer). The Contractor shall prepare, label and transport these samples to the testing facility in
conjunction with the delivery of other samples authorized for analysis by the Engineer, at no additional cost.
The Engineer may request splits of samples, in advance of collection, which shall be provided at no additional
cost by the Contractor.
250.07 Asbestos-Containing Material Management. Environmental documents or plans listed in the
special provisions should include known or suspected locations that could involve encounters with ACM
during excavation and other soil disturbing construction activities. Unexpected discoveries of ACM may be
made during excavation and soil disturbing construction activities. Asbestos contaminated soil, shall be
properly managed or remediated, in accordance with subsection 250.07(a).
All asbestos related activities shall be performed by Colorado certified asbestos professionals, contractors, or
consultants. Certifications are issued by the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment
(CDPHE), Indoor Air Quality Unit. A Colorado Certified Asbestos professional shall manage the
management and disposal of asbestos contaminated soil and other ACM. The Indoor Air Quality Unit within
CDPHE is the only unit that certifies such professionals. The Contactor shall furnish a copy of the license to
the Engineer.
(a) Regulatory Compliance. Asbestos contaminated soil management is governed by 6 CCR 1007-2, Section
5, which includes and references regulatory compliance with Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act
(AHERA) Colorado Regulation 8; Inspection and reporting protocol and demolition standards are
governed by AHERA; Demolition and notification standards are governed by National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS); Colorado Regulation 8 governs all asbestos
activities, demolition, permitting, and certification of Certified Asbestos Professionals in the State of
Colorado. Colorado Regulation 8 is more stringent than AHERA and NESHAPS and supersedes federal
regulations. Conflicting regulatory requirements between AHERA and NESHAPS, if not specifically
addressed in Colorado Regulation 8, shall be addressed and approved protocol negotiated with CDPHE.
98
The Contractor shall conform to all current regulations, policy directives, or both, issued by the EPA,
CDPHE, and the Department.
(b) Asbestos Management and Visual Inspections Asbestos management must be performed by a certified
asbestos professional. Final Inspections of the area of asbestos contaminated soil removal shall be
performed by an Asbestos Consultant to determine what, if any, controls must be instituted to allow
future activity in the excavation area. All final visual inspections shall be conducted only when soil is
dry.
(c) Permitting and Notification. The CDPHE requires notification of any soil disturbing activity where
asbestos is known, suspected, or discovered. A 24-hour notification to CDPHE is required prior to any
soil disturbing activity of an unplanned asbestos discovery. A 10 working day notification to CDPHE is
required prior to any soil disturbing activity in an area with known or potential material suspected of
containing asbestos in or on the soil or asbestos-contaminated soil. Removal of asbestos-containing
material on a facility component, that is located on or in soil that will be disturbed, with asbestos
quantities above the following trigger levels must be permitted and abated in accordance with the
requirements of Air Quality Control Commission Regulation No. 8 (5 CCR 1001-10, Part B):
(1) 260 linear feet on pipes,
(2) 160 square feet on other surfaces, or
(3) The volume of a 55-gallon drum.
All permit applications shall be submitted to the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment
a minimum of 10 days prior to start of work for approval. The permit application and notification shall be
submitted simultaneously. The Contractor shall obtain all required State and local permits and shall be
responsible for all associated fees. Permit application, notification, and waiver request forms shall be
submitted to:
Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Permit Coordinator/APCD - SS - B1 4300
Cherry Creek Drive South Denver, CO 80246-1530 Phone: (303) 692-3100 Fax: (303) 782-0278
Application and waiver forms are available on the CDPHE website: asbestos@state.co.us
(d) CDOT’s Asbestos-Contaminated Soil Management Standard Operating Procedure, dated August 22,
2011. Asbestos contaminated soil shall be managed in accordance with 6 CCR 1007-2, Section 5,
Asbestos Waste Management Regulations. Regulations apply only upon discovery of asbestos materials
during excavation and soil disturbing activities on construction projects, or when asbestos encounters are
expected during construction. The contractor shall comply with procedures detailed in the CDPHE’s
Asbestos-Contaminated Soil Guidance Document and CDOT’s approved Asbestos-Contaminated Soil
Management Standard Operating Procedure, dated August 22, 2011, including the following minimum
requirements:
(1) Immediate actions and implementation of interim controls to prevent visible emissions, exposure, and
asbestos contamination in surrounding areas.
(2) Soil Characterization.
(3) Training required for all personnel involved in excavation and other soil disturbing activities, once
asbestos is encountered during construction or on projects where asbestos encounters are expected.
Asbestos Awareness Training shall be given by a qualified and certified Asbestos Building Inspector
with a minimum of six months experience inspecting asbestos contaminated soil.
99
(4) Assessment for the presence and extent, within the proposed area of disturbance, of asbestos
discoveries, whether expected or unexpected, by a Certified Asbestos Inspector.
(5) Investigation and sampling required for risk assessment and management. Investigation, if required,
shall be conducted by a Certified Asbestos Inspector.
(6) Risk assessment and determinations for further management or abatement.
i. Risk assessment and determinations must be made by a Certified Asbestos Inspector, and
coordinated with the Engineer.
ii. Soil remediation is not necessarily required, depending on the circumstances.
(7) Submit 24-hour Notification of Unplanned Asbestos Discovery.
(8) Submit 10-day Notification of Planned Asbestos Management.
(9) Submit 24-hour Notification of Unplanned Asbestos Discovery.
(10) Submit 10-day Notification of Planned Asbestos Management.
(e) Risk Assessment and Determinations for Further Management Or Remediation. Risk assessment and
determinations for further management or remediation must be closely coordinated with the Project
Engineer and Project Manager of the Statewide Management Plan.
250.08 Methamphetamine Lab Sites. Demolition of former Methamphetamine (meth) labs is enforced by
the Governing Authority, which varies from county to county. The Contractor shall demolish all buildings
that are identified as former meth labs, as listed in public listings by the Governing Authority. The Contractor
shall provide evidence of demolition to the Governing Authority, obtain receipt of such evidence by the
Governing Authority, and shall submit these to Engineer immediately following demolition.
Septic tank removal at known meth lab sites shall undergo preliminary assessment by an Industrial Hygienist
or Certified Industrial Hygienist to determine proper removal and disposal. Work shall proceed in accordance
with the recommendations of the Hygienist.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
250.09 Environmental Health and Safety Management will not be measured, but will be paid for on a lump
sum basis. This will include all work, materials, and hourly time charges by the HSO and other personnel
required to accomplish the following:
(1) Preparation, submittal and briefing of the initial HASP
(2) Preparation and submittal of the Waste Management Plan
1. Preparation and Submittal of the Dewatering Plan
2. Preparation and Submittal of the Remediation Plan
(3) Procedures and equipment specified in subsections 250.03 - 250.07
100
(4) PPE (levels C and D) for Contractor’s personnel for any contamination identified in the preconstruction
investigations
(5) Preparation and submittal of the final site report
The quantity to be measured for Health and Safety Officer will be the total number of hours that the Health
and Safety Officer is actually used, as authorized, for the following work:
(1) Field monitoring necessary to ensure the safety of workers on the site;
(2) Hours in excess of the items listed under Environmental Health and Safety Management;
(3) Hours that are necessary due to unforeseen site conditions; and
(4) Hours of additional consultation or field work that is requested by the Engineer.
Equipment specified in subsection 250.03(a), preparation and submittal of the daily HSO diary, travel to and
from the project site, and PPE (Levels C and D) required for use by the HSO will not be measured and paid
for separately, but shall be included in the hourly cost of the HSO.
The quantity to be measured for Monitoring Technician will be the total number of hours that Monitoring
Technician is actually used as authorized. Equipment specified in subsection 250.03(b), supervision of the
MT, preparation and submittal of the daily monitoring diary, travel to and from the project site, and PPE
required for use by the MT (Levels C & D) will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included
in the hourly cost of the MT.
Solid stockpiled materials will be measured by the cubic yard computed from cross sections by the average
end area or other requirements acceptable method. Disposal of solid waste and solid hazardous waste
materials will be measured by the cubic yard in the disposal container.
Materials Sampling and Delivery will be measured by the actual number of samples collected, containerized
and transported to the testing facility indicated in the Contract.
Additional environmental health and safety management work required and authorized by the Engineer, but
not included in the items listed above, will be considered extra work to be paid for in accordance with
subsection 109.04, unless such work is caused by the Contractor’s action.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
250.10 Partial payment for Environmental Health and Safety Management, as determined by the Engineer,
will be made as the work progresses. The Contractor shall submit a schedule of environmental related Health
and Safety Management work before the first partial payment is made. The schedule shall indicate the
environmental related Health and Safety Management time for each work item that requires Contractor
environmental related Health and Safety Management effort and the total time for the project.
The accepted quantity for Health and Safety Officer will be the number of hours actually used and approved
for payment by the Engineer and will be paid for at the contract unit bid price.
The accepted quantity for Monitoring Technician will be the number of hours of onsite monitoring as
approved by the Engineer and will be paid at the Contract unit price.
Environmental Health and Safety Management, Health and Safety Officer and Monitoring Technician bid
items shall include vehicles, phone charges, supplies, printing, postage, office support, and all other
miscellaneous costs associated with the work.
101
Payment for Groundwater Handling (Containerization & Analysis) will be paid for in accordance with
subsection 109.04. Payment for Soil Handling (Stockpile) will be made at the contract unit price for all
excavated material required to be stockpiled for analysis. The contract unit price will be full compensation for
furnishing all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete this work, and all handling of
the material prior to disposal. This includes haul, stockpile, and security. Payment for this work will be in
addition to any payment made under other bid items for excavation, embankment or backfill on the project, or
waste disposal of this material.
Payment for Solid Waste Disposal and Solid Hazardous Waste Disposal will be made at the appropriate
contract unit price for the disposal of material determined to be either solid waste or solid hazardous waste.
The contract unit prices will be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, storage
containers for transport, containerization of material for up to 60 days, and incidentals necessary to complete
this work. This includes all handling of the material, loading for disposal, unloading for disposal, and borrow
material required for replacement of excavated material disposed of offsite. It does not include stockpiling or
containerization required for analysis which is included in the item Materials Handling (Stockpile &
Containerization) paid for as described above. Payment for waste disposal fees and transport of hazardous
waste will be made as shown below. Payment for this work will be in addition to any payment made under
other bid items for excavation, embankment, backfill or material handling (stockpile & containerization) on
the project.
(1) Solid Waste. Transport costs to the disposal facility and disposal fees will be included in the contract unit
price for this work.
(2) Solid Hazardous Waste. Transport, Disposal and /or Treatment costs will be paid for by planned force
account in accordance with subsection 109.04.
(3) Liquid Hazardous Waste. Transport, Disposal and /or Treatment costs will paid for by planned force
account in accordance with subsection 109.04.
The cost of shoring required to limit the removal of contaminated materials to the specified limits shall be
included in the bid unit prices for any excavation to be performed. Such shoring ordered by the Engineer in
areas other than the specified areas of known or potential contamination, as shown in the plans, will be paid
for in accordance with subsection 109.04.
Payment for Materials Sampling and Delivery will be made at the contract unit price for each material sample
collected, containerized and transported to the laboratory testing facility as designated in the Contract. The
Contract unit price will be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools and
incidentals necessary to complete this work including required sampling kits, containers, sample splits and
quality control samples.
The Contractor shall be responsible for damage caused by Contractor negligence to the environment, persons,
or property. Expenditures associated with actions of the Contractor shall be borne by the Contractor at no
cost to the project.
Contaminated groundwater containerized, treated or disposed under the requirements of this specification will
be paid for by planned force account in accordance with subsection 109.04.
The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below that
appear in the bid schedule.
102
Pay Item Pay Unit
Environmental Health and Safety Management Lump Sum
Health and Safety Officer Hour
Monitoring Technician Hour
Materials Sampling and Delivery Each
Materials Handling (Stockpile) Cubic Yard
Solid Waste Disposal Cubic Yard
103
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 412, 601 AND 711
LIQUID MEMBRANE-FORMING COMPOUNDS
FOR CURING CONCRETE
Sections 412, 601 and 711 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 412.14, first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
The impervious membrane curing compound shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 309, Type 2 and shall be
volatile organic content (VOC) compliant.
In subsection 601.13 (b), first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
A volatile organic content (VOC) compliant curing compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2 shall be used
on surfaces where curing compound is allowed, except that Type 1 curing compound shall be used on exposed
aggregate or colored concrete, or when directed by the Engineer.
In subsection 601.16 (a) 1., delete the first sentence and replace with the following:
1. Membrane Forming Curing Compound Method. A volatile organic content (VOC) compliant curing
compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2 shall be uniformly applied to the surface of the deck, curbs
and sidewalks at the rate of 1 gallon per 100 square feet.
Delete subsection 711.01 and replace with the following:
711.01 Curing Materials. Curing materials shall conform to the following requirements:
Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf AASHTO M 182
Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for
Curing Concrete
ASTM C 309
Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete AASHTO M 171*
*Only the performance requirements of AASHTO M171 shall apply.
Straw used for curing shall consist of threshed straw of oats, barley, wheat, or rye. Clean field or marsh hay may
be substituted for straw when approved by the Engineer. Old dry straw or hay which breaks readily in the
spreading process will not be accepted.
104
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE BATCHING
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.06, delete (13) and (17) and replace with the following:
(13) Gallons of water added by truck operator, the time the water was added and the quantity of concrete in the
truck each time water is added.
(17) Water to cementitious material ratio.
105
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 601
CONCRETE FINISHING
Section 601of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.12 (a) delete the fifth paragraph and replace it with the following:
Water shall not be added to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations.
Hand finishing should be minimized wherever possible. The hand finishing methods shall be addressed in the
Quality Control Plan for concrete finishing. Hand finished concrete shall be struck off and screeded with a
portable screed that is at least 2 feet longer than the maximum width of the surface to be struck off. It shall be
sufficiently rigid to retain its shape. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by hand vibrators. Hand finishing
shall not be allowed after concrete has been in-place for more than 30 minutes or when initial set has begun.
Finishing tools made of aluminum shall not be used.
The Contractor shall provide a Quality Control Plan (QCP) to ensure that proper hand finishing is accomplished
in accordance with current Industry standards. It shall identify the Contractor’s method for ensuring that the
provisions of the QCP are met. The QCP shall be submitted to the Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference.
Concrete placement shall not begin until the Engineer has approved the QCP. The QCP shall identify and address
issues affecting the quality finished concrete including but not limited to:
(1) Timing of hand finishing operations
(2) Methodology to place and transport concrete
(3) Equipment and tools to be utilized
(4) Qualifications and training of finishers and supervisors
When the Engineer determines that any element of the approved QCP is not being implemented or that hand
finished concrete is unacceptable, work shall be suspended. The Contractor shall supply a written plan to address
improperly placed material and how to remedy future hand finishing failures and bring the work into compliance
with the QCP. The Engineer will review the plan for acceptability prior to authorizing the resumption of
operations.
In subsection 601.14(a) delete the fourth paragraph.
106
October 29, 2015
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE SLUMP ACCEPTANCE
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete the fifth paragraph of Subsection 601.05 and replace with the following:
Except for Class BZ concrete, the slump of the delivered concrete shall be the slump of the approved concrete mix
design plus or minus 2.0 inch. The laboratory trial mix must produce an average compressive strength at least
115 percent of the required field compressive strength specified in Table 601-1. When entrained air is specified in
the Contract for Class BZ concrete, the trial mix shall be run with the required air content.
Delete Subsection 601.17 (b), 601.17 (d) and Table 601-3 and replace with the following:
(b) Slump. Slump acceptance, but not rejection, may be visually determined by the Engineer. Any batch that
exceeds the slump of the approved concrete mix design by 2.0 inches will be retested. If the slump is
exceeded a second time, that load is rejected. If the slump is greater than 2 inches lower than the approved
concrete mix design, the load can be adjusted with a water reducer, or by adding water (if the w/cm allows)
and retested.
Portions of loads incorporated into structures prior to determining test results which indicate rejection as the
correct course of action shall be subject to reduced payment or removal as determined by the Engineer.
(d) Pay Factors. The pay factor for concrete which is allowed to remain in place at a reduced price shall be
according to Table 601-3 and shall be applied to the unit price bid for Item 601, Structural Concrete.
If deviations occur in air content and strength within the same batch, the pay factor for the batch shall be the
product of the individual pay factors.
Table 601-3
PAY FACTORS
Percent Total Air Strength
Deviations
From
Specified
Air
(Percent)
Pay
Factor
(Percent
)
Below
Specified
Strength (psi)
[ < 4500 psi
Concrete]
Pay
Factor
(Percent
)
Below
Specified
Strength
(psi)
[ ≥ 4500 psi
Concrete]
0.0-0.2 98 1-100 98 1-100
0.3-0.4 96 101-200 96 101-200
0.5-0.6 92 201-300 92 201-300
0.7-0.8 84 301-400 84 301-400
0.9-1.0 75 401-500 75 401-500
Over 1.0 Reject Over 500 Reject
65 501-600
54 601-700
42 701-800
29 801-900
15 901-1000
107
May 8, 2014
REVISION OF SECTION 601
QC TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete the first paragraph of subsection 601.17 and subsection 601.17(a) and replace with the following:
601.17 Acceptance and Pay Factors. These provisions apply to all concrete. The Contractor shall sample 601
pay items for both QC and QA in accordance with CP 61. The Engineer will witness the sampling and take
possession of the QA samples at a mutually agreed upon location. The Contractor shall be responsible for Quality
Control (QC) testing for 601 pay items. QC testing shall be performed at least once per day and then once per 50
cubic yards for concrete slump, unit weight and concrete temperature for each 601 pay item.
(a) Air Content. The first three batches at the beginning of each day’s production for each 601 pay item shall
be tested by the Contractor’s QC and CDOT’s QA for air content. When the QC and QA air content
measurements differ by more than 0.5 percent, both the QC and QA air meters shall be checked in
accordance with ASTM C 231. When air content is below the specified limit, it may be adjusted in
accordance with subsection 601.08. Successive batches shall be tested by the Contractor’s QC and
witnessed by the Engineer until three consecutive batches are within specified limits. After the first three
batches, CDOT will follow the random minimum testing schedule. After the first three batches the
Contractor shall perform QC testing at a frequency of one random sample per 50 cubic yards. Air
content shall not be adjusted after a CDOT QA test.
Subsection 601.19 shall include the following:
The Contractor’s QC testing will not be measured and paid separately, but shall be included in the work.
108
April 30, 2015
REVISION OF SECTION 601
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STRENGTH ACCEPTANCE
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.17 (c), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
(c) Strength (When Specified). The concrete will be considered acceptable when the running average of three
consecutive strength tests per mix design for an individual structure is equal to or greater than the
specified strength and no single test falls below the specified strength by more than 500 psi. A test is
defined as the average strength of three test cylinders cast in plastic molds from a single sample of
concrete and cured under standard laboratory conditions prior to testing. If the compressive strength of
any one test cylinder differs from the average by more than 10 percent that compressive strength will be
deleted and the average strength will be determined using the compressive strength of the remaining two
test cylinders.
109
November 6, 2014
REVISION OF SECTIONS 601 AND 701
CEMENTS AND POZZOLANS
Sections 601 and 701 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.03, first paragraph, the following shall be added to the table:
High-Reactivity Pozzolans 701.04
Subsection 601.03 shall include the following:
Pozzolans shall consist of Fly Ash, Silica Fume and High-Reactivity Pozzolan.
In subsection 601.04, delete the third and fourth paragraphs and replace with the following
Cementitious material requirements are as follows:
Class 0 requirements for sulfate resistance shall be one of the following:
(1) ASTM C 150 Type I, II or V
(2) ASTM C 595 Type IL, IP, IP(MS), IP(HS) or IT
(3) ASTM C 1157 Type GU, MS or HS
(4) ASTM C 150 Type III cement if it is allowed, as in Class E concrete
Class 1 requirements for sulfate resistance shall be one of the following:
(1) ASTM C 150 Type II or V; Class C fly ash shall not be substituted for cement.
(2) ASTM C 595 Type IP(MS) or IP(HS).
(3) ASTM C 1157 Type MS or HS; Class C fly ash shall not be substituted for cement.
(4) When ASTM C 150 Type III cement is allowed, as in Class E concrete, it shall have no more than 8 percent
C3A. Class C fly ash shall not be substituted for cement.
(5) ASTM C 595 Type IL; having less than 0.10 percent expansion at 6 months when tested according to ASTM
C 1012. Class C fly ash shall not be substituted for cement.
(6) ASTM C 595 Type IT; having less than 0.10 percent expansion at 6 months when tested according to ASTM
C 1012.
Class 2 requirements for sulfate resistance shall be one of the following:
(1) ASTM C 150 Type V with a minimum of a 20 percent substitution of Class F fly ash by weight
(2) ASTM C 150 Type II or III with a minimum of a 20 percent substitution of Class F fly ash by weight. The
Type II or III cement shall have no more than 0.040 percent expansion at 14 days when tested according
ASTM C 452
(3) ASTM C 1157 Type HS; Class C fly ash shall not be substituted for cement.
110
(4) ASTM C 150 Type II, III, or V plus High-Reactivity Pozzolan where the blend has less than 0.05 percent
expansion at 6 months or 0.10 percent expansion at 12 months when tested according to ASTM C 1012
(5) ASTM C 1157 Type MS plus Class F fly ash or High-Reactivity Pozzolan where the blend has less than
0.05 percent expansion at 6 months or 0.10 percent expansion at 12 months when tested according to
ASTM C 1012
(6) A blend of portland cement meeting ASTM C 150 Type II or III with a minimum of 20 percent Class F
fly ash by weight, where the blend has less than 0.05 percent expansion at 6 months or 0.10 percent
expansion at 12 months when tested according to ASTM C 1012.
(7) ASTM C 595 Type IP(HS).
(8) ASTM C 595 Type IL plus Class F fly ash or High-Reactivity Pozzolan where the blend has less than
0.05 percent expansion at 6 months or 0.10 percent expansion at 12 months when tested according to
ASTM C 1012
(9) ASTM C 595 Type IT; having less than 0.05 percent expansion at 6 months or 0.10 percent expansion at
12 months when tested according to ASTM C 1012.
Class 3 requirements for sulfate resistance shall be one of the following:
A blend of portland cement meeting ASTM C 150 Type II, III, or V with a minimum of a 20 percent substitution
of Class F fly ash by weight, where the blend has less than 0.10 percent expansion at 18 months when tested
according to ASTM C 1012.
(1) ASTM C 1157 Type HS having less than 0.10 percent expansion at 18 months when tested according to
ASTM C 1012. Class C fly ash shall not be substituted for cement.
(2) ASTM C 1157 Type MS or HS plus Class F fly ash or High-Reactivity Pozzolan where the blend has less
than 0.10 percent expansion at 18 months when tested according to ASTM C 1012.
(3) ASTM C 150 Type II,III, or V plus High-Reactivity Pozzolan where the blend has less than 0.10 percent
expansion at 18 months when tested according to ASTM C 1012.
(4) ASTM C 595 Type 1L plus High-Reactivity Pozzolan where the blend has less than 0.10 percent expansion at
18 months when tested according to ASTM C 1012.
(5) ASTM C 595 Type IP(HS) or IT having less than 0.10 percent expansion at 18 months when tested according
to ASTM C 1012.
(6) ASTM C 595 Type IL with a minimum of a 20 percent substitution of Class F fly ash by weight, where the
blend has less than 0.10 percent expansion at 18 months when tested according to ASTM C 1012.
When fly ash or High-Reactivity Pozzolan is used to enhance sulfate resistance, it shall be used in a proportion
greater than or equal to the proportion tested in accordance to ASTM C1012, shall be the same source and it shall
have a calcium oxide content no more than 2.0 percent greater than the fly ash or High-Reactivity Pozzolan tested
according to ASTM C 1012.
In subsection 601.05 delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
601.05 Proportioning. The Contractor shall submit a Concrete Mix Design for each class of concrete being
placed on the project. Concrete shall not be placed on the project before the Concrete Mix Design Report has been
111
reviewed and approved by the Engineer. The Concrete Mix Design will be reviewed and approved following the
procedures of CP 62. The Concrete Mix Design will not be approved when the laboratory trial mix data are the
results from tests performed more than two years in the past or aggregate data are the results from tests performed
more than two years in the past. The concrete mix design shall show the weights and sources of all ingredients
including cement, pozzolan, aggregates, water, additives and the water to cementitious material ratio (w/cm).
When determining the w/cm, the weight of cementitious material (cm) shall be the sum of the weights of the
cement, fly ash, silica fume and High-Reactivity Pozzolan.
In subsection 601.05, delete the 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, and 16th paragraphs and replace with the following:
The Concrete Mix Design Report shall include Certified Test Reports showing that the cement, fly ash, High-
Reactivity Pozzolan and silica fume meet the specification requirements and supporting this statement with actual
test results. The certification for silica fume shall state the solids content if the silica fume admixture is furnished
as slurry.
For all concrete mix designs with ASTM C150 cements, up to a maximum of 20 percent Class C, 30 percent
Class F or 30 percent High-Reactivity Pozzolan by weight of total cementitious material may be substituted for
cement.
For all concrete mix designs with ASTM C595 Type IL cements, up to a maximum of 20 percent Class C, 30
percent Class F or 30 percent High-Reactivity Pozzolan by weight of total cementitious material may be
substituted for cement.
For all concrete mix designs with ASTM C595 Type IP, IP(MS), IP(HS) or IT cements; fly ash or High-
Reactivity Pozzolan shall not be substituted for cement.
For all concrete mix designs with ASTM C1157 cements, the total pozzolan content including pozzolan in cement
shall not exceed 30 percent by weight of the cementitious material content.
When the Contractor’s use of fly ash or High-Reactivity Pozzolan results in delays to the project, when it is
necessary to make changes in admixture quantities, the source, or the Contractor performs , the cost of such
delays and corrective actions shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall submit a new Concrete Mix Design Report meeting the above requirements when a change
occurs in the source, type, or proportions of cement, fly ash, High-Reactivity Pozzolan, silica fume or aggregate.
When a change occurs in the source of approved admixtures, the Contractor shall submit a letter stamped by the
Concrete Mix Design Engineer approving the changes to the existing mix design. The change will need to be
approved by the Engineer prior to use.
In subsection 601.06, second paragraph, delete (9) and replace with the following:
(9) Type, brand, and amount of cement, fly ash and High-Reactivity Pozzolan
In subsection 601.06, delete (a) and replace with the following:
(a) Portland Cement, Fly Ash, High-Reactivity Pozzolan and Silica Fume. These materials may be sacked or
bulk. No fraction of a sack shall be used in a batch of concrete unless the material is weighed.
All bulk cement shall be weighed on an approved weighing device. The bulk cement weighing hopper shall
be sealed and vented to preclude dusting during operation. The discharge chute shall be so arranged that
cement will not lodge in it or leak from it.
112
Separate storage and handling equipment shall be provided for the fly ash, silica fume and High-Reactivity
Pozzolan. The fly ash, silica fume, and High-Reactivity Pozzolan may be weighed in the cement hopper and
discharged with the cement.
In subsection 701.01 delete and replace the second paragraph with the following:
All concrete, including precast, prestressed and pipe shall be constructed with one of the following hydraulic
cements, unless permitted otherwise.
ASTM C 150 Type I
ASTM C 150 Type II
ASTM C 150 Type V
ASTM C 595 Type IL
ASTM C 595 Type IP
ASTM C 595 Type IP(MS)
ASTM C 595 Type IP(HS)
ASTM C 595 Type IT
ASTM C 1157 Type GU, consisting of no more than 15 percent limestone
ASTM C 1157 Type MS, consisting of no more than 15 percent limestone
ASTM C 1157 Type HS, consisting of no more than 15 percent limestone
In subsection 701.02 add the following after the first paragraph:
Blending of pozzolans according to ASTM D5370 is permitted to meet the requirements of ASTM C 618.
Add subsection 701.04 immediately following subsection 701.03 as follows:
701.04 High-Reactivity Pozzolans. High-Reactivity Pozzolans (HRP) shall conform to the requirements of
AASHTO M321. HRPs are but not limited to metakaolin, rice hull ash, zirconium fume, ultra-fine fly ash, and
fume from the production of 50 percent ferrosilicon (with SiO2 less than 85 percent).
HRPs shall meet the following optional requirement of AASHTO M321: The sulfate expansion at 14 days shall
not exceed 0.045 percent
HRP shall be from a preapproved source listed on the Department’s Approved Products List. The HRP intended
for use on the project shall have been tested and accepted prior to its use. Certified Test Reports showing that the
HRP meets the specification requirements and supporting this statement with actual test results shall be submitted
to the Engineer.
The HRP shall be subject to sampling and testing by the Department. Test results that do not meet the physical
and chemical requirements may result in the suspension of the use of HRP until the corrections necessary have
been taken to ensure that the material conforms to the specifications.
113
May 8, 2014
REVISION OF SECTION 630
RETROREFLECTIVE SIGN SHEETING
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 630.02, delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs, including Table 630-1, and replace them with the
following:
Retroreflective sheeting for all signs requiring an orange background shall be Type VI or Type Fluorescent.
Retroreflective sheeting for all signs requiring a yellow background shall be Type Fluorescent.
Table 630-1
RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING TYPES
Sheeting
Type IV
Type VI
(Roll-up sign material)
Type Fluorescent1
Application Work Zone Work Zone Work Zone
All Orange Construction
Signs X
Orange Construction Signs
that are used only during
daytime hours for short term
or mobile operations
X4 X
Barricades (Temporary) X X
Vertical Panels X X
Flaggers Stop/Slow Paddle X X
Drums2 X X
Non-orange Fixed Support
signs with prefix “W” X
Special Warning Signs X
STOP sign (R1-1)
YIELD sign (R1-2)
WRONG WAY sign (R5-1a)
DO NOT ENTER sign (R5-
1)
EXIT sign (E5-1a)
X
DETOUR sign (M4-9) or
(M4-10) X
All other fixed support signs3 X X
All other signs used only
during working hours X X
All other signs that are used
only during daytime hours
for short term or mobile
operations
X X5 X
1 Fluorescent Sheeting shall be of a brand that is on the CDOT Approved Products List.
2 Drum Sheeting shall be manufactured for flexible devices.
3 Fixed support signs are defined as all signs that must remain in use outside of working hours. They shall be mounted in
accordance with Standard Plan S-630-1.
4 RS 24 only.
5 White only.
114
July 28, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 703
CONCRETE AGGREGATES
Section 703 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete the second paragraph of subsection 703.00 and Table 703-1.
Delete subsections 703.01 and 703.02 and replace with the following:
703.01 Fine Aggregate for Concrete. Fine aggregate for concrete shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO
M 6, Class A. The minimum sand equivalent, as tested in accordance with Colorado Procedure 37 shall be 80
unless otherwise specified. The fineness modulus, as determined by AASHTO T 27, shall not be less than 2.50 or
greater than 3.50 unless otherwise approved.
703.02 Coarse Aggregate for Concrete. Coarse aggregate for concrete shall conform to the requirements of
AASHTO M 80, Class A aggregates, except that the percentage of wear shall not exceed 45 when tested in
accordance with AASHTO T 96.
115
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 712
WATER FOR MIXING OR CURING CONCRETE
Section 712 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 712.01 and replace it with the following:
712.01 Water. Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be reasonably clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali,
sugar, vegetation, or other substance injurious to the finished product. Concrete mixing water shall meet the
requirements of ASTM C1602. The Contractor shall perform and submit tests to the Engineer at the frequencies
listed in ASTM C1602. Potable water may be used without testing. Where the source of water is relatively
shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, and other foreign materials.
RIVERSIDE AVENUE
4960
RIGHT OF WAY
EAST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
COBBLE MULCH, TYP.
WOOD MULCH, TYP.
1C,1B,1A,1B 1D,1C,1B,3A,1B,2C
1B,2A,2B,3C,2D
WEST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
4963
4964
4965
4962
4962
4961
4960
4960
4961
4959
4958
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
4950
4945
4940
4950
4955
4960
19'-9" 28'-8" 50'-3" 29'-11" 44'-4"
D1
5
1D, 2C TYPICAL MEDIAN SECTION
44' 12'-9"
EXISTING
CONTOUR, TYP
PROPOSED
CONTOUR, TYP
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
INLET PROTECTION
INLET PROTECTION
COBBLE
MULCH
WOOD
MULCH
BUFF SANDSTONE
BOULDERS
2' H x 2' W x 4' L
2' H x 2' W x 3' L
2' H x 2' W x 2' L
20" H x 1.5' W x 1.5' L
A
B
C
COBBLE D
KEY MAP
LEGEND
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET S2
SITE PLAN
4957
4959
4956
4956
4957
4955
4952
4951
4951
4952
4953
4945
4940
4950
4955
4950
4954
4953
WEST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
EAST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
COBBLE MULCH, TYP.
WOOD MULCH, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
4950
4955
4950
4945
4940
4945
4945
4940
2B,3A,3B,3C,2D
3C,2B,4A,2B,3C
1C,2B,3A,3B,3C,3D
1C,2B,3A,2B,2C,1D
EXISTING DOUBLE
CURB
EXISTING BRIDGE
RAIL TERMINUS
COLUMN
4954
4953
EXISTING BRIDGE RAIL
TERMINUS COLUMN
EXISTING BRIDGE
RAIL & PEDESTRIAN
RAILING
EXISTING BRIDGE
RAIL & PEDESTRIAN
RAILING
BRIDGE RAISED MEDIAN,
EXISTING
41'-5" 50' 46'-2" 98'-4" 44'-8" 63'-7" 34'-5" 39'-1"
D1
5
TYPICAL MEDIAN SECTION
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
STEEL
4945
4940
4935
PLANTER POT LAYOUT -
WEST PLINTH
PLANTER POT LAYOUT -
MIDDLE PLINTHS
PLANTER POT LAYOUT-
EAST PLINTH
EXISTING RAISED
MEDIAN & PLINTHS
EXISTING BRIDGE RAIL &
PEDESTRIAN RAILING
(4) EXISTING BRIDGE COLUMNS
EXISTING BRIDGE RAIL &
PEDESTRIAN RAILING
(4) EXISTING BRIDGE COLUMNS
D2
1
D2
2
D2
1
D1 TYPICAL PLANTER POT
6
100YR FLOODPLAIN
500YR FLOODPLAIN
FLOODWAY
FLOODWAY
EXISTING RIPRAP EXISTING RIPRAP
COBBLE
MULCH
WOOD
MULCH
BUFF SANDSTONE
BOULDERS
2' H x 2' W x 4' L
2' H x 2' W x 3' L
2' H x 2' W x 2' L
20" H x 1.5' W x 1.5' L
A
B
C
COBBLE D
KEY MAP
LEGEND
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET S2
SITE PLAN
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering 11
S3
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET S4
0' 10' 20' 40'
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
S1 S2 S3
S4
4940
4944
4945
4944
4943
4939
4940
4938
4937
4938
LEMAY AVENUE
WEST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
EAST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
LEMAY AVENUE
COBBLE MULCH, TYP.
WOOD MULCH, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
EXISTING BRIDGE RAIL
TERMINUS COLUMN
EXISTING BRIDGE RAIL
TERMINUS COLUMN
EXISTING RAISED
BRIDGE MEDIAN
EXISTING MSE WALLS
EXISTING PEDESTRIAN
RAILING
EXISTING MSE WALLS
EXISTING PEDESTRIAN
RAILING
11'-10" 28'-9" 13'-9" 33'-9"
20'-8" 7'-3" 16'-3"
EXISTING DOUBLE CURB
4946
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
500YR FLOODPLAIN
100YR FLOODPLAIN
SIDEWALK CHASE W/
TRENCH GRATE
D3
4
D3 NORTH OVERLOOK
1
D3 SOUTH OVERLOOK
2
SIDEWALK CHASE W/
TRENCH GRATE
D3
4
EXISTING
CONTOUR, TYP
PROPOSED
CONTOUR, TYP
20'-1" 18'-7"
INLET PROTECTION
INLET PROTECTION
INLET PROTECTION
RIVERSIDE AVENUE
4960
RIGHT OF WAY
EAST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
WEST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
3 RH AR
5 OE MA
5 NE LT
2 BO GR
3 CO MB
6 PE PI
6 SC SO
3 VE CR
3 JU EF
3 MA RB
5 SY OR
7 GA CG
3 GE VI
5 PI GL
3 CO MB
3 GE VI
7 PE AL
3 PI SD
3 PO YG
3 OE MA
3 NE LT
3 AR FR
3 OE MA 5 CO MB
6 LA HI
11 NA TE
5 SE AJ
3 CO CB
3 PI MV
3 CA SP
3 CO MB
3 RO WO
6 PE AL 3 CO MB
3 SY OR
5 VE CR
4 AR FR
4 JU BS
3 YU GL
9 NA TE
7 DI CC
9 GA CG
5 AG CR
3 VE CR
5 AG CR
1 SE AJ
5 SA NE
4950
4940 4945
4950
4955
4960
8 SC BL
3 PH DG
3 JU EF
4945
4940
4950
4955
4950
WEST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
EAST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
4950
4955
4950
4945
4940
4945
4945
4940
9 SC BL
3 PI SD
5 AR FR
5 CH NA
3 AG SS
4 LI PE
3 AG SS
5 LI PE
3 BO GR
3 MA RB
3 JU CC
5 VE CR
5 CO MB
3 SY AL
2 RH TR
3 GE VI
4 AG CR
3 OE MA
5 SA NE
3 CO MB
5 NE LT
5 GA CG
5 VE CR
5 GA CG
3 CO MB
3 NE LT
11 MI PU 5 AR ME
5 AR ME
4 JA AM
5 PE ST
3 UL JA
5 DI CC
4 JU BS
3 PE ST
4 DI CC
5 PE ST 3 DI CC
3 JU EF
5 PE ST
5 DI CC
5 CO MB 5 JU SK
7 CA KF
5 PE LS
3 CO MB 11 PE AL
4940
LEMAY AVENUE
WEST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
EAST BOUND MULBERRY STREET
(SH 14)
LEMAY AVENUE
3 CA SP
6 MI PU
5 SY OR
5 GE VI
5 GA CG 3 AR ME
7 AG CR
3 BO GR
3 PI MU
3 SY OR
5 CA IN
3 YU GL
3 PI GL
5 GE VI
3 AR FR
3 YU GL
3 CO MB
5 SA NE
3 VE CR
5 PE AL
3 CO MB
3 YU GL
2 AG CR
5 PE AL
3 NE LT
3 AR FR
3 CO MB
3 CA IN
3 NE LT
3 BO GR
3 AG SS
3 CO MB
3 YU GL
3 PE PI
3 AR FR
2 BO GR
3 PI GL
5 LA HI
3 SE AJ
5 AG SS
5 PE AL
4 PO DE
4 PO AC
5 PO DE
3 PI PO
3 SY IS
5 AC HW
5 AR PA
5 AR FR
1 AR CA
3 AR CA
3 YU GL
2 PI MV
5 JU BS
REPRESENTATIVE PLANT LIST
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering PLANT LIST & NOTES 11
L4
GENERAL NOTES
1. LANDSCAPE MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AAN SPECIFICATIONS FOR NUMBER ONE GRADE.
2. TREES TO BE BALLED AND BURLAPPED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. THE FOLLOWING SEPARATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN TREES/SHRUBS AND UTILITIES:
3.1. 40 FEET BETWEEN CANOPY TREES AND STREET LIGHTS
3.2. 15 FEET BETWEEN ORNAMENTAL TREES AND STREETLIGHTS
3.3. 10 FEET BETWEEN TREES AND PUBLIC WATER AND SANITARY AND STORM SEWER LINES
3.4. 6 FEET BETWEEN TREES AND WATER AND SANITARY SERVICE LINES
3.5. 4 FEET BETWEEN TREES AND GAS LINES
3.6. 4 FEET BETWEEN SHRUBS AND PUBLIC WATER AND SANITARY AND STORM SEWER LINES
4. FIELD LOCATE UTILITIES PRIOR TO PLANTING.
5. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE, TOPSOIL THAT IS REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY SHALL BE CONSERVED FOR LATER USE ON
AREAS REQUIRING REVEGETATION AND LANDSCAPING.
6. THE SOIL IN LANDSCAPE AREAS, INCLUDING PARKWAYS AND MEDIANS, SHALL BE THOROUGHLY LOOSENED TO A DEPTH OF NOT LESS THAN
EIGHT (8) INCHES AND SOIL AMENDMENT SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE SOIL OF ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS TO A DEPTH OF AT LEAST SIX (6)
INCHES BY TILLING, DISKING OR OTHER SUITABLE METHOD, AT A RATE OF AT LEAST THREE (3) CUBIC YARDS OF SOIL AMENDMENT PER ONE
THOUSAND (1,000) SQUARE FEET OF LANDSCAPE AREA. CULTIVATION FOR SOIL IMPROVEMENT SHALL NOT OCCUR IN THE DRIP LINE OF ANY
EXISTING TREE.
7. A FREE PERMIT MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE CITY FORESTER BEFORE ANY TREES OR SHRUBS AS NOTED ON THIS PLAN ARE PLANTED, PRUNED
OR REMOVED ON THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. THIS INCLUDES ZONES BETWEEN THE SIDEWALK AND CURB, MEDIAN AND OTHER CITY
PROPERTY. THIS PERMIT SHALL APPROVE THE LOCATION AND SPECIES TO BE PLANTED. FAILURE TO OBTAIN THIS PERMIT MAY RESULT IN
REPLACING OR RELOCATING TREES AND A HOLD ON CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.
8. THE DEVELOPER SHALL CONTACT THE CITY PARKS DEPARTMENT TO INSPECT AND APPROVE PLANT MATERIALS AND ANY SPECIES SUBSTITUTIONS
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ALL PLANTS NEED TO HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE LANDSCAPE PLAN.
SEED MIX
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
INSPECTIONS AND WARRANTEE
1. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL HOLD A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH THE CITY PROJECT MANAGER.
2. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, CITY OF FORT COLLINS FORESTRY AND PARKS DIVISION REPRESENTATIVES TO REVIEW PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
ADDITIONAL ONSITE INSPECTION MEETINGS SHALL BE SCHEDULED DURING THE INSTALLATION PHASE OF THE PROJECT TO INSPECT THE
QUALITY OF MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION METHODS.
3. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE AN INSPECTION OF THE COMPLETED LANDSCAPE WORK WITH THE CITY PROJECT MANAGER,
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND CITY OF FORT COLLINS PARKS AND FORESTRY DIVISION REPRESENTATIVES WITHIN TWO WEEKS OF FINAL
COMPLETION OF LANDSCAPE WORK. PUNCH LIST ITEMS WILL BE IDENTIFIED. IDENTIFIED ITEMS SHALL BE CORRECTED WITHIN TWO WEEKS OF
THIS MEETING. UPON CORRECTION OF PUNCH LIST ITEMS THE TWO YEAR MAINTENANCE/WARRANTEE PERIOD SHALL BEGIN.
4. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A TWO YEAR WARRANTEE ON TREES (NOT TRANSPLANTED EXISTING TREES) AND OTHER
LANDSCAPE PLANTS AND MATERIALS. DURING THE TWO YEAR WARRANTEE/MAINTENANCE PERIOD THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL
SCHEDULE A MINIMUM OF TWO INSPECTIONS PER YEAR WITH THE CITY PROJECT MANAGER, LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND CITY OF FORT
COLLINS PARKS AND FORESTRY DIVISION REPRESENTATIVES. THE PURPOSE OF THESE MEETING IS TO EVALUATE GROWTH AND ESTABLISHMENT
OF ALL TREES AND LANDSCAPE PLANTS AND THE QUALITY OF MAINTENANCE WORK. ONE INSPECTION SHALL OCCUR IN JUNE AND ONE IN
SEPTEMBER EACH YEAR DURING THE WARRANTEE/MAINTENANCE PERIOD.
5. ANY TREE OR LANDSCAPE PLANT THAT IS REPLACED AFTER THE FINAL INSTALLATION INSPECTION SHALL HAVE A FULL WARRANTEE PROVIDED BY
THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR FOR MINIMUM OF ONE YEAR OR TO THE END OF THE TWO YEAR WARRANTEE PERIOD WHICHEVER IS LONGER.
THIS MAY INVOLVE PROVIDING A WARRANTEE ON INDIVIDUALLY IDENTIFIED PLANTS THAT HAVE BEEN REPLACED DURING THE TWO YEAR
WARRANTEE PERIOD THAT EXTENDS PAST THE COMPLETION OF THE TWO YEAR MAINTENANCE/WARRANTEE PERIOD.
SYMBOL BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZE ROOT QUANTITY H.Z.
DECIDUOUS
TREES
CA SP Catalpa speciosa Northern Catalpa 2.5" Cal. BB 6 L-M
PO AC Populus x acuminata Lanceleaf Cottonwood 2.5" Cal. BB 8 M
PO DE Populus deltoides monilifera Plains Cottonwood 2.5" Cal. BB 12 M
QU BU Quercus buckleyii Texas Red Oak 2.5" Cal. BB 3 L-M
36" TO 48"
6' MIN.
2 TIMES ROOTBALL DIA.
MULCH PER PLAN
SPECIFIED BACKFILL MATERIAL,
WATER AND TAMP TO REMOVE AIR
POCKETS
CONSTRUCT WATERING RING
AROUND SHRUB AT EDGE OF
PLANTING PIT TO CONTAIN
WATER TO A DEPTH OF 2"
2X ROOTBALL DIAMETER
SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM
GENERAL TREE PLANTING NOTES
1. PRUNE ONLY CROSSOVER LIMBS, CO-DOMINANT LEADERS, AND BROKEN OR DEAD
BRANCHES. SOME INTERIOR TWIGS AND LATERAL BRANCHES MAY BE PRUNED; HOWEVER,
DO NOT REMOVE THE TERMINAL BUDS OF BRANCHES THAT EXTEND TO THE EDGE OF THE
CROWN.
2. MARK NORTH SIDE OF THE TREE IN THE NURSERY AND ROTATE TREE TO FACE NORTH AT THE
SITE WHENEVER POSSIBLE. TREES WHOSE NORTH ORIENTATION IS NOT CHANGED FROM
THE NURSERY DO NOT NEED TO BE WRAPPED, EXCEPT TREES WITH VERY THIN BARK.
3. EACH TREE SHALL BE PLANTED SUCH THAT THE TRUNK FLARE IS VISIBLE AT THE TOP OF THE
ROOT BALL. DO NOT COVER THE TOP OF THE ROOT BALL WITH SOIL.
4. SET TOP OF ROOT BALL FLUSH WITH GRADE OR 1"-2" HIGHER IN SLOWLY DRAINING SOILS.
5. DO NOT PLACE MULCH IN CONTACT WITH TREE TRUNK.
6. PLACE SPECIFIED MULCH IN TREE PLANTING RINGS TO THE DEPTH SPECIFIED, UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
7. STAKE DECIDUOUSTREES.
8. TREE STAKES TO BE DRIVEN OUTSIDE OF ROOT BALL.
WEBBING FOR DECIDUOUS TREES. INSTALL WEBBING
ABOVE LOWEST BRANCH. FOR CONIFEROUS TREES
INSTALL WEBBING 36" TO 48" ABOVE FINISH GRADE
BREATHABLE PAPER OF FABRIC TREE WRAP APPLIED
FROM TRUNK FLARE TO FIRST BRANCH. WRAP PAPER
FROM BOTTOM UP WITH SUFFICIENT OVERLAP TO
COVER BARK. USE MASKING TAPE TO SECURE.
WOODEN STAKE WITH. ADJUST TREE STAKE SO THAT
TOP IS LEVEL WITH, OR JUST BELOW, FIRST BRANCHES.
MULCH PER PLAN
BACKFILL MATERIAL
REMOVE TWINE, ROPE, WIRE, AND BURLAP FROM
ENTIRE ROOT BALL.
TAMP SOIL AROUND ROOT BALL BASE FIRMLY WITH FOOT
PRESSURE SO THAT ROOT BALL DOES NOT SHIFT
UNEXCAVATED OR COMPACTED MOUND UNDER THE
ROOT BALL TO PREVENT SETTLING.
PROVIDE FERTILIZER PACKETS
PLANT ROOT BALL SLIGHTLY
ABOVE GRADE
12" RADIUS ORGANIC MULCH
RING, DO NOT PLACE MULCH IN
CONTACT WITH TRUNK
0$;
0,1
GENERAL NOTES
1. OVER EXCAVATE PLANTING PIT TO 2 TIMES THE
DIAMETER OF THE ROOT BALL.
2. NYLON WEBBING SHALL NOT TOUCH OR RUB
ADJACENT BRANCHES.
3. INSTALL 3 GUY WIRES PER TREE, SPACE EVENLY
6
D2
7
D2
7' 5'-6" 5'-6" 7' 3'-11
3
4"
4'
EDGE OF RAISED
BRIDGE MEDIAN
2'-111
2" 2'-11
1
2"
O.C. O.C. O.C. O.C.
DRAIN HOLES TO BE CENTERED
ON TRENCH DRAIN, AS SHOWN
EXISTING PLANTER
LIGHT, TYP.
1'-3" 4'-2" 5'-1" 5'-8"
8"
5'-8" 6'-6" 4'
EDGE OF RAISED
BRIDGE MEDIAN
O.C. O.C. O.C. O.C. O.C.
EXISTING TRENCH
DRAIN
EXISTING LIGHT HOUSING, TYP.
EXISTING RAISED
MEDIAN
EXISTING IRRIGATION SLEEVES
(2) TYPE II PLANTER
POTS (ONE BEHIND)
(4) TYPE I PLANTER
POTS
EXISTING RAISED
MEDIAN
EXISTING IRRIGATION SLEEVES EXISTING LIGHT HOUSING, TYP.
(3) TYPE II PLANTER
POTS
(1) TYPE I PLANTER
POTS
EXISTING RAISED
MEDIAN
EXISTING LIGHT
HOUSING, TYP.
EXISTING IRRIGATION
SLEEVES
(3) TYPE II PLANTER
POTS
(1) TYPE I PLANTER
POTS
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering 11
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
SCALE:
6" 3"
1'
41
2"
6"
EXPANSION JOINT
BOTH SIDES, TYP.
NOTES:
1. TRENCH GRATE SHALL BE:
MANUFACTURER: IRONSMITH
MODEL: ADA CAST IRON TRENCH GRATE
1/4" MAX SLOT OPENING
RATED FOR VEHICULAR TRAFFIC
PRODUCT #: 9032-6
FINISH: UNFINISHED
OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT
2. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA TO OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
3. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS
(2)1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 1/4"
STEEL ANGLE
1/2" x 2" NELSON STUD
SHOP WELDED TO FRAME
AT 24" O.C., TYP.
12" #4 AT 24" O.C.,
EITHER GREASED OR SLEEVED,
TYP. BOTH SIDES
3"
SLOPE CHANNEL 2% IN DIRECTION OF FLOW
FLOWLINE
1/2" LIP AT
FLOWLINE
BACK OF SIDEWALK
SLOPE PLATE TO MATCH SIDEWALK
2'
6 9"
3
4"
6
1
4"
24'
16' 8'
2' 1' 1'
4'
11'
1' 5' 3' 2'
6" 6"
6"
6"
CONCRETE PLANTER, SLOPE
BOTTOM DRAIN TO TRENCH
DRAIN
A
B
ANNUALS PLANTING AREA,
BY OWNER TYP
SIDEWALK CHASE WITH
TRENCH GRATE, SEE DETAIL 4,
THIS SHEET
1'-6" 1'
2' 13' 8' 1'
24'
CONCRETE PLANTER, SLOPE
1 BOTTOM TO SIDEWALK CHASE
2" WEEP HOLE @ 18" O.C.
UPPER PLANTER
2'-2"
2'
2'-6"
(2) TYPE III PLANTER POTS, SEE SPEC
2'
TYPE III PLANTER POT
PLANTER POT, BEYOND
IRRIGATION SLEEVE STUBBED INTO
RAISED PLANTER,
RE: IRRIGATION PLANS
IRRIGATION SLEEVE
IRRIGATION AND DRAIN
SLEEVES FOR PLANTER POT
IRRIGATION AND DRAIN
SLEEVES FOR PLANTER POT
IRRIGATION SLEEVE
SAW CUT JOINT, TYP
2% MIN
NOTES:
1. REFER TO IRRIGATION DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND DEPTH OF SLEEVES FOR IRRIGATION PIPES.
PLANTING MIXTURE SHALL CONSIST OF
COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE POTTING SOIL.
HOLD PLANTING MIXTURE DOWN 3" FROM
TOP EDGE OF PLANTER, TYP.
PLACE WEED BARRIER FABRIC BETWEEN PLANTING
MIXTURE AND ANGULAR ROCK, EXTEND WEED
BARRIER FABRIC UP SIDES OF PLANTER POT, HOLD
FABRIC DOWN 3" FROM TOP OF PLANTER, TYP.
11
2"
3"
IRRIGATION SLEEVE
2" THICK LAYER OF 3/4" ANGULAR ROCK FOR DRAINAGE, TYP
COMPACTED SUBGRADE ABOVE GEOGRID
11
2"
3"
PLANTER DRAIN TO SIDEWALK CHASE
SIDEWALK CHASE WITH TRENCH GRATE, SEE DETAIL 4 THIS SHEET.
ORGANIC MULCH, HOLD MULCH 1.5" BELOW
TOP EDGE OF PLANTER, TYP.
PLANTER POT, BEYOND
1
2" WEEP HOLES, 18" ON CENTER
2% MIN
#4 REBAR @12" O.C. BOTH DIRECTIONS, TYP.
#4 REBAR L @ 6" O.C., TYP.
2' 5'-6"
7'-4"
6'-2"
16'
EXISTING MSE WALL & RAILING
SIDEWALK CHASE WITH TRENCH DRAIN,
SEE DETAIL 4 THIS SHEET
NEW IRRIGATION SLEEVE,
RE: IRRIGATION DWGS
TIE TO EXISTING IRRIGATION SLEEVE
EXISTING TERMINUS COLUMN
TOOL JOINT, TYP.
COLOR CONCRETE, DAVIS COLOR
OMAHA TAN, OR APPROVED EQUAL.
EXISTING SIDEWALK
STANDARD GREY CONCRETE
OVERLOOK PLANTER,
SEE DETAIL 3 THIS SHEET
PLANTER POT, TYP.
SEE DETAIL 7 SHEET D1
EXPANSION JOINT
EXPANSION JOINT
6'-11
2"
SLOPE TO DRAIN
OVERLOOK PAVING SHALL BE
FLUSH W/ ELEVATION OF
EXISTING SIDEWALK
ANNUALS, BY OWNER
7'-4"
5'-6"
SIDEWALK CHASE WITH TRENCH DRAIN,
SEE DETAIL 4 THIS SHEET
NEW IRRIGATION SLEEVE,
RE: IRRIGATION DWGS
TIE TO EXISTING IRRIGATION SLEEVE
EXISTING MSE WALL & RAILING
EXISTING TERMINUS COLUMN
TOOL JOINT, TYP.
COLOR CONCRETE, DAVIS COLOR
OMAHA TAN, OR APPROVED EQUAL
EXISTING SIDEWALK
STANDARD GREY CONCRETE
OVERLOOK PLANTER,
SEE DETAIL 3 THIS SHEET
PLANTER POT, TYP.
SEE DETAIL 7 SHEET D1
EXPANSION JOINT
16'
2'
EXPANSION JOINT
OVERLOOK PAVING SHALL BE
FLUSH W/ ELEVATION OF
EXISTING SIDEWALK
6'-2"
SLOPE TO DRAIN
6'-2
1
2"
ANNUALS, BY OWNER
SAWCUT JOINT, TYP.
EQ
EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ
EQ EQ
EXPOSED VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL SURFACES OF
PLANTERS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH TROWL FINISH &
CONCRETE STAIN SHALL BE APPLIED TO EXPOSED
SURFACES, COLOR 10049.
STAIN SHALL EXTEND 12" BELOW PLANTING SOIL
SURFACE IN PLANTING AREAS.
1
2"
1" 6"
1
2" CHAMFER
1
2" CHAMFER
1
2"
6" THICK
1
3 THICKNESS OF
PAVEMENT
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 1
4" RADIUS EDGE AT OUTSIDE
EDGES
2. CONCRETE PAVEMENT SHALL SLOPE
TO DRAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED. PROVIDE 2% CROSS SLOPE IN
DIRECTION OF DRAINAGE - REFER TO
GRADING PLAN
3. SURFACE OF CONCRETE SHALL HAVE
MEDIUM BROOM FINISH UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED
SEE PLAN FOR
CONCRETE TYPE
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
SAW CUT JOINTS TO A DEPTH
OF 1
3 THICKNESS OF THE
PAVEMENT, SEE LAYOUT PLAN
FOR JOINT LOCATIONS
1
2"
1"
6" THICK
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 1
4" RADIUS EDGE AT EDGES
AND JOINTS
2. CONCRETE PAVEMENT SHALL SLOPE
TO DRAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED. PROVIDE 2% CROSS SLOPE IN
DIRECTION OF DRAINAGE - REFER TO
GRADING PLAN
3. SURFACE OF CONCRETE SHALL HAVE
MEDIUM BROOM FINISH UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED
SEE PLAN FOR
CONCRETE TYPE
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
TOOL SCORE JOINTS TO A
DEPTH OF 1", SEE LAYOUT
PLAN FOR JOINT LOCATIONS
COMPACTED
SUBGRADE
6"
1/2" DIA. x 16" SMOOTH
DOWEL BREAK BOND ONE
END ONLY @ 24" O.C.;
EXPANSION JOINT; MIN.
1/2" WIDE; FULL DEPTH
SECTION
1'-6"
8"
NEW CONCRETE
PAVEMENT
6"
EXISTING CONCRETE
PAVEMENT
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering 11
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
PLANTER DETAILS
D3
SCALE 1/4" = 1'
PLAN
SCALE 1/4" = 1'
SECTION B
SCALE:
SCALE: 4 SIDEWALK 1" = CHASE 1' WITH TRENCH GRATE
3 OVERLOOK PLANTER
SCALE 1/2" = 1'
FRONT ELEVATION
SCALE:
1 NORTH 1/8" OVERLOOK = 1' SCALE:
2 SOUTH 1/8" OVERLOOK = 1'
SCALE 1/2" = 1'
SECTION A
NOTE: CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT TO BE DESIGNED BY CITY
SCALE:
5 SAW CUT 1" = JOINT 1' SCALE:
6 TOOL 1" JOINT = 1' SCALE:
7 EXPANSION 1" = 1' JOINT
2 PLANTER 1/4" POT = 1' LAYOUT - MIDDLE PLINTHS
PLANTER POT DETAILS
D2
SCALE:
1 PLANTER 1/4" POT = 1' LAYOUT - WEST PLINTH (EAST PLINTH IS MIRROR IMAGE)
SCALE:
5 WEST & 1/EAST 4" = 1' PLINTH TRANSVERSE SECTION
SCALE:
3 WEST PLINTH 1/4" = 1' LONGITUDINAL SECTION
SCALE:
7 MIDDLE 1/PLINTHS 4" = 1' TRANSVERSE SECTION
SCALE:
6 MIDDLE 1/PLINTHS 4" = 1' LONGITUDINAL SECTION
SCALE:
4 EAST PLINTH 1/4" = 1' LONGITUDINAL SECTION
NOTE: IRRIGATION HOLES IN BASE OF POS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LOCATION OF EXISTING
IRRIGATION SLEEVES
NOTE: IRRIGATION HOLES IN BASE OF POS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LOCATION OF EXISTING
IRRIGATION SLEEVES
AROUND TREE.
4. REMOVE STAKING AT AFTER FIRST GROWING
SEASON.
PLANT TREE 2"-3" HIGHER THAN
SURROUNDING SOIL AND TAPER MOUND
BACK INTO EXISTING GRADE
PLASTIC FLAGGING, OR OTHER VISUAL
MARKER ON EACH WIRE
NYLON WEBBING GUY WIRES. ATTACH
MIN. OF 4' ABOVE FINISH GRADE
METAL DRIVE ANCHORS, INSTALLED PER
MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS
MULCH PER PLAN
INSTALL SPECIFIED BACKFILL
REMOVE MIN. 2/3 OF WIRE BASKET. PEAL BACK
ALL BURLAP AND CUT ALL STRINGS.
CL OF PLANT
12"
RADIUS
MULCH PER PLAN
12" RADIUS ORGANIC MULCH
RING AROUND PERENNIALS
AND ORNAMENTAL GRASSES.
PLANTER POT, RE: SITE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS
AND SIZES. RE: SPECS
PLACE WEED BARRIER FABRIC BETWEEN PLANTING
MIXTURE AND ANGULAR ROCK, EXTEND WEED
BARRIER FABRIC UP SIDES OF PLANTER POT, HOLD
FABRIC DOWN 3" FROM TOP OF PLANTER POT,
TYP.
11
2"
3"
2" THICK LAYER OF 3/4"
ANGULAR ROCK FOR DRAINAGE
WEED BARRIER FABRIC
2" THICK LAYER OF 3/4" ANGULAR ROCK FOR
DRAINAGE
EXISTING CONCRETE PLINTH
EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN (WHERE PRESENT)
POTTING SOIL. HOLD SOIL DOWN 1 1/2" FROM
TOP EDGE OF PLANTER POT, TYP.
NOTES:
1. REFER TO IRRIGATION DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND
DEPTH OF SLEEVES FOR IRRIGATION PIPES.
2. OWNER'S REP. SHALL REVIEW & APPROVE PLANTER POT
LOCATION AND ORIENTATION OF DRAINAGE HOLE PRIOR
TO FINAL PLACEMENT OF PLANTER POT.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PLANTER POT SHOP
DRAWING TO MANUFACTURER SO THAT DRAINAGE HOLE
AND IRRIGATION LINE HOLE CAN BE LOCATED CORRECTLY.
EXISTING IRRIGATION SLEEVE W/ RISER
DRAIN HOLE CENTERED ABOVE TRENCH OR PLANTER
3"
SEAL BOTTOM OF POT
AROUND IRRIGATION PIPE
W/ NON-SHRINK EPOXY
GROUT
6" DEPTH COMPACTED SUBGRADE TO
ACCOMMODATE SANDSTONE BOULDER
PLACEMENT, RE: LANDSCAPE PLAN
EXISTING DOUBLE CURB
BOULDERS BEYOND
VARIES
FROM 18"-36" ABOVE
TOP OF CURB, SEE PLANS
AMENDED IMPORTED TOPSOIL COMPACTED TO
MINIMIZE SETTLEMENT PLACED IN REMAINING AREAS NOT
FILLED WITH COMPACTED SUBGRADE
MEDIAN WIDTH VARIES
SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS
WOOD OR COBBLE MULCH,
RE: SITE PLANS
SHRUB BED, RE: LANDSCAPE
PLANS
NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PHOTOS OF BOULDERS AT QUARRY FOR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND TO REVIEW AND
APPROVE PRIOR TO DELIVERY TO PROJECT SITE. INCLUDE AN EXTENDED TAPE MEASURE PLACED NEXT TO BOULDER IN
PHOTO FOR SCALE.
2. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL REVIEW AND APPROVE BOULDER LOCATIONS PRIOR TO PLACEMENT. LOCATIONS
SHOULD BE STAKED BY CONTRACTOR FOR REVIEW.
3. BOULDERS SHALL BE APPX. 2' TO 4' IN LENGTH, SEE SITE PLANS FOR BOULDER SCHEDULE AND LOCATIONS.
4. VERTICAL JOINTS BETWEEN BOULDERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1". STONE CHINKING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
5. BOULDERS TYPE SHALL BE SANDSTONE (RE: SPECIFICATIONS), DAMAGED/SCARRED BOULDERS MAY BE REJECTED BY
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
6. PLACE SANDSTONE BOULDERS ON COMPACTED SOIL (NON-TOPSOIL) 'RIDGE'
7. PLACE BOULDERS WITH FLATTEST SIDE UP AND MOST ATTRACTIVE FACE (AS DETERMINED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE)
FACING ACTIVITY AREAS. TOP SURFACE OF BOULDER SHALL BE FLAT AND SLIGHTLY SLOPED FOR DRAINAGE.
8. VERTICAL JOINTS: CHISEL OR HAMMER STONE AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE JOINT WIDTHS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
16" MIN. -
18" MAX.
4" MIN.
RAISED PLANTER BED,
DEPTH VARIES - SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS 18"-24" DEPTH
WRAP BACK SIDE OF BOULDER WITH WEED
BARRIER FABRIC, HOLD FABRIC DOWN 2"
TYP. FROM TOP OF BOULDER
FINISH GRADE BERMED TO TOP 6" OF
BOULDER WITH ROOM FOR MULCH DEPTH.
EXISTING CURB
EXISTING UNDERDRAIN,
PROTECT IN PLACE
EXISTING COMPACTED FILL
EXISTING MEMBRANE, PROTECT IN PLACE
EXISTING TOPSOIL, TYP
2' MIN
6" MIN.
WOOD MULCH,
RE: SPECS.
3"d. MIN. WOOD MULCH, RE: SPECS.
AROUND PERENNIALS, GRASSES AND
SHRUBS PLACED WITHIN COBBLE MULCHES
MEDIAN CURB
8" - 12" COBBLE
3" to 6" COBBLE
PLANT MATERIAL,
TYP.
NOTES:
1. OBTAIN COBBLE MATERIALS FROM SAME SOURCE AND MAINTAIN HIGH DEGREE OF CONSISTENCY IN
WORKMANSHIP THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT.
2. REFER TO SITE PLANS FOR GENERAL MULCH TYPE LAYOUTS AND PATTERN.
3. SUBMIT SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE, COLOR AND SIZE OF MULCH INDICATED AND WEED BARRIER FOR REVIEW
AND APPROVAL BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY MATERIAL ONSITE.
4. MEANDER COBBLE EDGES THAT DEFINE TRANSITION BETWEEN COBBLE AND ORGANIC MULCH ALONG STEEL
EDGER WITH BANDS OF LARGER COBBLE. MAINTAIN 8-12" COBBLE TOWARDS CENTER OF MEDIAN AND
AWAY FROM CURB.
5. CONTRACTOR TO LAYOUT A 100 SQ.FT. SECTION OF COBBLE/ORGANIC MULCH BED AND TAKE/EMAIL
PHOTOGRAPH FOR APPROVAL BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO PLACING REMAINING MULCHES. UPON
APPROVAL, RETAIN SAMPLE/MOCK UP FOR COMPARISON WITH MATERIALS/LAYOUT USED IN REMAINING
WORK. ACCEPTED FIELD SAMPLE MAY REMAIN AS PART OF WORK, HOWEVER, IT CAN BE REMOVED WHEN NO
LONGER REQUIRED FOR COMPARISON WITH FINISHED WORK.
6. RIVER ROCK COBBLE TO BE TAN IN COLOR. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SAMPLE(S) OF RIVER ROCK COBBLE IN
EACH SIZE, PRIOR TO PLACING ROCK.
7. PLACE WEED BARRIER BENEATH COBBLE MULCH ONLY.
8. OVERALL MEDIAN COBBLE MIX SHALL CONSIST OF: (SEE SPECS)
50% - 1.5" COBBLE WITH GROUPINGS OF 30% - 3" to 6" COBBLE AND 20% - 8" to 12" OR LARGER COBBLE,
HAND PLACED AS ACCENTS FOR VISUAL INTEREST AND TO SEPARATE ABUTTING ORGANIC AND SMALLER
COBBLE MULCHES.
9. LARGER STONE SHALL BE PLACED FIRST, TO BE EMBEDDED, MINGLED AND SETTLED WITH THE SMALLER
COBBLE, RATHER THAN LOOSELY DUMPED.
1.5" COBBLE
STEEL EDGER,
RE: SPECS.
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering 11
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
LANDSCAPE DETAILS
D1
SCALE:
2 SHRUB PLANTING N.T.S. SCALE:
3 DECIDUOUS N.T.S. TREE PLANTING SCALE:
SCALE: 4 EVERGREEN N.T.S. TREE PLANTING
1 PERENNIAL/N.T.S. ORNAMENTAL GRASS PLANTING
SCALE:
5 TYPICAL 1/2" MEDIAN = 1' SECTION SCALE:
7 TYPICAL 1" PLANTER = 1' POT
SCALE:
6 TYPICAL N.MULCH T.S DETAIL
UL JA Ulmus japonica Accolade Elm 2.5" Cal. BB 3 L-M
ORNAMENTAL
TREES
AC HW Acer tataricum 'Hot Wings' Hot Wings Maple 6' clump BB 11 L
CR CR Crataegus crusgalli inermis Thornless Cockspur Hawthorn 6' clump BB 3 M
MA RB Malus 'Red Baron' Red Baron Carbapple 2" Cal. BB 12 M
PY AB Pyrus calleryana 'Autumn Blaze' Autumn Blaze Pear 2" Cal. BB 7 M
SY IS Syringa reticulata 'Ivory Silk' Ivory Silk Japanese Lilac 2" Cal. BB 12 L
EVERGREEN
TREES
JU SK Juniperus scopulorum 'Skyrocket' Skyrocket Juniper 15 Gal. Cont. 22 L
PI PO Pinus ponderosa Ponderosa Pine 6'-0" BB 3 L
PI TA Pinus mugo 'Tannenbaum' Tannenbaum Mugo Pine 15 Gal. Cont. 3 L
DECIDUOUS
SHRUBS
AM RE Amelanchier alnifolia 'Regent' Regent Serviceberry 4' BB 4 L
AM CA Amorpha canescens Lead Plant 5 Gal. Cont. 19 L
AR ME Aronia melanocarpa 'Iroquois Beauty' Iroquois Beauty Dwarf Chokeberry 5 Gal. Cont. 27 L
AR CA Artemisia cana Silver Sagebrush 5 Gal. Cont. 22 VL
AR FR Artemisia frigida Fringed Sage 1 Gal. Cont. 52 VL
CE MO Cercocarpus montanus Mountain Mahogany 5 Gal. Cont. 3 VL
CH NA Chrysothamnus nauseosus nauseosus Dwarf Blue Rabbitbrush 5 Gal. Cont. 36 VL
CO CB Cotoneaster damerii 'Coral Beauty' Coral Beauty Cotoneaster 5 Gal. Cont. 14 L
JA AM Jamesia americana Waxflower 5 Gal. Cont. 20 L
PE LS Perovska x 'Little Spire' Little Spire Russian Sage 5 Gal. Cont. 5 L
PH DG Physocarpus opulifolius Dart's Gold' Dart's Gold Ninebark 5 Gal. Cont. 9 L
PO YG Potentilla fruticosa 'Yellow Gem' Yellow Gem Potentilla 5 Gal. Cont. 3 L
PR PB Prunus besseyi 'Pawnee Buttes' Pawnee Buttes Sandcherry 5 Gal. Cont. 16 L
RH AR Rhus aromatica 'Grow Low' Fragrant Dwarf Sumac 5 Gal. Cont. 3 L
RH TR Rhus trilobata 'Autumn Amber' Creeping Three-leaf Sumac 5 Gal. Cont. 9 VL
RI AU Ribes aureum Yellow Flowering Currant 5 Gal. Cont. 3 L
RO WO Rosa woodsii Woods Rose 5 Gal. Cont. 3 L
SY AL Symphoricarpos albus White Snowberry 5 Gal. Cont. 3 L
SY OC Symphoricarpos occidentalis Western Snowberry 5 Gal. Cont. 8 L
SY OR Symphoricarpos oreophilus Mountain Snowberry 5 Gal. Cont. 24 L
SYMBOL BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZE ROOT QUANTITY H.Z.
EVERGREEN
SHRUBS
AR PA Arctostaphylos x coloradoensis panchito Panchito Manzanita 3 Gal. Cont. 16 VL
JU EF Juniperus communis 'Effusa' Effusa Common Juniper 5 Gal. Cont. 23 L
JU CC Juniperus sabina 'Calgary Carpet' Calgary Carpet Juniper 5 Gal. Cont. 12 L
JU BS Juniperus squamata 'Blue Star' Blue Star Juniper 5 Gal. Cont. 33 L
PI GL Picea pungens 'Globe' Dwarf Globe Green Spruce 5 Gal. Cont. 27 M
PI MV Picea pungens 'Mesa Verde' Mesa Verde Spruce 5 Gal. Cont. 13 M
PI SD Picea pungens 'Sester Dwarf' Dwarf Blue Spuce 10 Gal. Cont. 9 M
PI MU Pinus mugo 'Mops' Miniature Mugo Pine 5 Gal. Cont. 13 L
YU GL Yucca glauca Soapweed 5 Gal. Cont. 21 VL
ORNAMENTAL
GRASSES
BO GR Bouteloua gracilis 'Bonde Ambition' Blonde Ambition Grama Grass 1 Gal. Cont. 48 VL
CA KF Calamagrostis acutiflora 'Karl Foerster' Karl Foerster Feather Reed Grass 1 Gal. Cont. 35 L
CA OV Calamagrostis acutiflora 'Overdam' Variegated Feather Reed Grass 1 Gal. Cont. 28 L
MI PU Miscanthus sinensis purpurescens Purple Maiden Grass 1 Gal. Cont. 34 M
NA TE Nassella tenuissima Mexican Feather Grass 1 Gal. Cont. 47 L
PE AL Pennisetum alopecuroides 'Hameln' Dwarf Fountain Grass 1 Gal. Cont. 64 L
SC SO Schizachyrium scoparium 'Standing Ovation' Standing Ovation Little Bluestem 1 Gal. Cont. 22 L
PERENNIALS
AG CR Agastache 'Coronado Red' Coronado Red Hyssop 1 Gal. Cont. 23 L
AG SS Agastache cana Sonoran Sunset Sonoran sunset Hyssop 1 Gal. Cont. 31 L
BE LY Berlandiera lyrata Chocolate Flower 1 Gal. Cont. 27 L
CA IN Callirhoe involucrata Prairie Winecups 1 Gal. Cont. 50 L
CO MB Coreopsis verticillata 'Moonbeam' Moonbeam Coreopsis 1 Gal. Cont. 86 L
DE GR Delphinium grandiflorum 'Butterfly' Dwarf Blue Larkspur 1 Gal. Cont. 10 M
DI CC Diascia integerrima Coral Canyon Coral Canyon twinspur 1 Gal. Cont. 24 L
GA CG Gazania linearis Colorado Gold Hardy Gazania 1 Gal. Cont. 51 L
GE VI Geranium viscosissimum Sticky Geranium 1 Gal. Cont. 41 L
LA HI Lavandula angustifolia 'Hidcote' Deep Blue Lavender 1 Gal. Cont. 26 L
LI PE Linum perenne Blue Flax 1 Gal. Cont. 9 L
NE LT Nepeta 'Little Trudy' Little Trudy Catmint 1 Gal. Cont. 41 L
OE MA Oenothera macrocarpa 'Comanche Campfire Comanche Campfire Primrose 1 Gal. Cont. 52 L
PE PI Penstemon pinifolius Pineleaf Penstemon 1 Gal. Cont. 40 L
PE ST Penstemon strictus Rocky Mountain Penstemon 1 Gal. Cont. 33 L
SA NE Salvia nemorosa 'May Night' May Night Purple Salvia 1 Gal. Cont. 29 L
SE AJ Sedum 'Autumn Joy' Stonecrop 1 Gal. Cont. 13
VE CR Veronica reavis Crystal River Crystal River Veronica 1 Gal. Cont. 33 L
5 SY OC
9 CA KF
7 MI PU
3 CO MB
5 NE LT
9 SC BL
7 CO MB
4 CA IN
5 PI MU
6 CA IN
7 CO MB
3 AR CA
3 CH NA
7 NE LT
7 NE LT
3 BO GR
5 PR PB
11 SC SO
3 CH NA
3 AR FR
7 AG SS
5 AG SS
3 JU CC
5 CO MB
3 AR FR
7 PE AL
5 PE PI
3 OE MA
3 JU CC
3 SY OC
3 CO CB
5 GE VI
4 BO GR
5 CA IN
3 OE MA
3 AM RE
2 PI MV
3 PI SD
5 CH NA
3 AR CA
3 CA IN
5 OE MA
8 BO GR
3 AM CA
3 CH NA
6 CA IN
2 RH TR
5 PI GL
3 AR PA
7 SC BL
5 AG SS
4 VE CR
8 NA TE
3 JU EF
1 RH TR
5 NA TE
3 JU EF
2 PR PB
1 AM RE
4 PE PI
STEEL EDGER, TYP. STEEL EDGER, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
3 MA RB
3 AM CA
5 CA IN
500YR FLOODPLAIN
100YR FLOODPLAIN
4 PO AC
DECIDUOUS
SHADE TREE
EVERGREEN TREE
ORNAMENTAL TREE
BOULDERS
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
PERENNIALS
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
EVERGREEN SHRUBS
STEEL EDGER
DRYLAND
SEED MIX
KEY MAP
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE PLAN
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering LANDSCAPE PLAN 11
L3
L1 L2
L3
MULBERRY STREET (SH14)
SOUTH LEMAY AVENUE
0' 10' 20' 40'
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
3 CA IN
3 CA IN
3 SY OR
3 MA RB
3 GE VI 4 PI MV
3 CO MB
5 VE CR
3 CO MB
3 GE VI 3 CO CB
3 PR PB 3 PR PB
3 PI TA
3 AR CA
10 MI PU
3 AR CA
11 NA TE
3 PI GL
3 PI GL
5 PE PI
7 CA IN
7 OE MA
7 PE PI
5 JU BS
5 GE VI
5 PE ST
11 GA CG
5 PE ST
3 GE VI
9 GA CG
3 QU BU
5 CO CB
5 AR ME
3 RI AU
10 CA KF 5 SY OR
5 PE ST
3 GE VI
4 BO GR
3 JU CC 5 PI MU
3 AR PA
11 PE AL
5 PE PI
5 DE GR
5 LA HI 5 LA HI
5 PE PI
5 DE GR
3 CR CR
3 AC HW
14 CA OV
3 CH NA
5 OE MA 3 AR FR
7 SA NE
14 CA OV
4 CH NA
5 OE MA 3 AR FR
7 SA NE
2 RH TR
5 OE MA
3 BO GR
5 JA AM
3 NA TE
3 AR CA
2 JU EF
3 PR PB
5 JU BS 3 JA AM
5 CH NA
5 LA HI
3 CE MO
3 JU EF 3 AR ME
9 CA KF 5 JU SK 3 AR CA
5 AR PA 5 CO MB
5 JU SK
3 YU GL 5 BO GR
9 BE LY
3 PH DG 3 PH DG
5 SC SO 6 AR ME
7 SC BL
5 PI GL
3 AR FR
4 SE AJ
5 SC BL
3 AR FR
2 CH NA
3 AC HW
2 AR FR
3 SY IS
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
500YR FLOODPLAIN
100YR FLOODPLAIN
500YR FLOODPLAIN
FLOODWAY
APPX LOCATION OF FUTURE GATE, BY OTHERS
DECIDUOUS
SHADE TREE
EVERGREEN TREE
ORNAMENTAL TREE
BOULDERS
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
PERENNIALS
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
EVERGREEN SHRUBS
STEEL EDGER
DRYLAND
SEED MIX
KEY MAP
LEGEND
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET L1
LANDSCAPE PLAN
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering LANDSCAPE PLAN 11
L2
L1 L2 L3
L4
MULBERRY STREET (SH14)
SOUTH LEMAY AVENUE
0' 10' 20' 40'
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
10 AM CA
5 BE LY
7 PE AL
3 BE LY
5 CO MB
5 JU BS
5 JA AM
5 JU BS
7 JU SK
3 AR FR
3 CH NA 3 AR FR
8 BO GR
10 BE LY
2 RH TR 2 PI MV
3 JA AM
5 OE MA
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
DECIDUOUS
SHADE TREE
EVERGREEN TREE
ORNAMENTAL TREE
BOULDERS
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
PERENNIALS
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
EVERGREEN SHRUBS
STEEL EDGER
DRYLAND
SEED MIX
KEY MAP
LEGEND
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET L2
LANDSCAPE PLAN
L1 L2
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering LANDSCAPE PLAN 11
L1
L3
MULBERRY STREET (SH14)
SOUTH LEMAY AVENUE
0' 10' 20' 40'
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
22'-11"
ORANGE SAFETY FENCE TO BE PLACED
ALONG FLOODWAY LIMITS AS DIRECTED
BY THE CITY REPRESENTATIVE.
ORANGE SAFETY FENCE TO BE PLACED
ALONG FLOODWAY LIMITS AS DIRECTED
BY THE CITY REPRESENTATIVE.
EXISTING RIPRAP, TYP.
EXISTING RIPRAP, TYP.
COBBLE
MULCH
WOOD
MULCH
BUFF SANDSTONE
BOULDERS
2' H x 2' W x 4' L
2' H x 2' W x 3' L
2' H x 2' W x 2' L
20" H x 1.5' W x 1.5' L
A
B
C
COBBLE D
KEY MAP
LEGEND
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering 11
S4
SITE PLAN
0' 10' 20' 40'
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
S1 S2 S3
S4
MULBERRY STREET (SH14)
SOUTH LEMAY AVENUE
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET S3
EROSION CONTROL, SITE PLAN, GRADING
NOTES
1. BOULDERS SHALL REMAIN A MINIMUM 2'
OFFSET FROM BACK OF CURB.
2. PLANTING ALONG NORTH MSE WALL SHALL
REMAIN A MINIMUM 3' OFFSET. CUT BACK
GEOGRID TO FIT TREE ROOT BALL WHERE
NECESSARY.
3. FINAL PLACEMENT OF BOULDERS TO BE
APPROVED BY OWNER OR OWNER'S REP.
4. SIZE OF BOULDERS TO BE APPROVED PRIOR
TO PLACEMENT.
5. UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE.
CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO LOCATE
UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION.
6. SEE SHEET L4 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
MULBERRY STREET (SH14)
SOUTH LEMAY AVENUE
EROSION CONTROL, SITE PLAN, GRADING
NOTES
1. UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE.
CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO LOCATE
UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION.
2. SEE SHEET L4 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
EDGER,
TYP.
500YR FLOODPLAIN
100YR FLOODPLAIN
500YR FLOODPLAIN
FLOODWAY
APPX LOCATION OF FUTURE GATE, BY OTHERS
1C,1B,1A,1B
EXISTING
CONTOUR, TYP
PROPOSED
CONTOUR, TYP
INLET PROTECTION
INLET PROTECTION
INLET PROTECTION
INLET PROTECTION
INLET PROTECTION
INLET PROTECTION
EXISTING RIPRAP
EXISTING RIPRAP
ORANGE SAFETY FENCE TO BE PLACED
ALONG FLOODWAY LIMITS AS DIRECTED
BY THE CITY REPRESENTATIVE.
COBBLE
MULCH
WOOD
MULCH
BUFF SANDSTONE
BOULDERS
2' H x 2' W x 4' L
2' H x 2' W x 3' L
2' H x 2' W x 2' L
20" H x 1.5' W x 1.5' L
A
B
C
COBBLE D
KEY MAP
LEGEND
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET S1
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering 11
S2
SITE PLAN
0' 10' 20' 40'
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
S1 S2 S3
S4
MULBERRY STREET (SH14)
SOUTH LEMAY AVENUE
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET S3
NOTES
EROSION CONTROL, SITE PLAN, GRADING
1. BOULDERS SHALL REMAIN A MINIMUM 2'
OFFSET FROM BACK OF CURB.
2. PLANTING ALONG NORTH MSE WALL SHALL
REMAIN A MINIMUM 3' OFFSET. CUT BACK
GEOGRID TO FIT TREE ROOT BALL WHERE
NECESSARY.
3. FINAL PLACEMENT OF BOULDERS TO BE
APPROVED BY OWNER OR OWNER'S REP.
4. SIZE OF BOULDERS TO BE APPROVED PRIOR
TO PLACEMENT.
5. UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE.
CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO LOCATE
UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION.
6. SEE SHEET L4 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering EROSION CONTROL, SITE PLAN, GRADING 11
S1
0' 10' 20' 40'
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
S1 S2 S3
S4
MULBERRY STREET (SH14)
SOUTH LEMAY AVENUE
NOTES
1. BOULDERS SHALL REMAIN A MINIMUM 2'
OFFSET FROM BACK OF CURB.
2. PLANTING ALONG NORTH MSE WALL SHALL
REMAIN A MINIMUM 3' OFFSET. CUT BACK
GEOGRID TO FIT TREE ROOT BALL WHERE
NECESSARY.
3. FINAL PLACEMENT OF BOULDERS TO BE
APPROVED BY OWNER OR OWNER'S REP.
4. SIZE OF BOULDERS TO BE APPROVED PRIOR
TO PLACEMENT.
5. UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE.
CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO LOCATE
UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION.
6. SEE SHEET L4 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
Reject Over 1000
5 SY OC
9 CA KF
7 MI PU
3 CO MB
5 NE LT
9 SC BL
7 CO MB
4 CA IN
5 PI MU
6 CA IN
7 CO MB
3 AR CA
3 CH NA
7 NE LT
7 NE LT
3 BO GR
5 PR PB
11 SC SO
3 CH NA
3 AR FR
7 AG SS
5 AG SS
3 JU CC
5 CO MB
3 AR FR
7 PE AL
5 PE PI
3 OE MA
3 JU CC
3 SY OC
3 CO CB
5 GE VI
4 BO GR
5 CA IN
3 OE MA
3 AM RE
2 PI MV
3 PI SD
5 CH NA
3 AR CA
3 CA IN
5 OE MA
8 BO GR
3 AM CA
3 CH NA
6 CA IN
2 RH TR
5 PI GL
3 AR PA
7 SC BL
5 AG SS
4 VE CR
8 NA TE
3 JU EF
1 RH TR
5 NA TE
3 JU EF
2 PR PB
1 AM RE
4 PE PI
STEEL EDGER, TYP. STEEL EDGER, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
STEEL EDGER, TYP.
3 MA RB
3 AM CA
5 CA IN
500YR FLOODPLAIN
100YR FLOODPLAIN
4 PO AC
DECIDUOUS
SHADE TREE
EVERGREEN TREE
ORNAMENTAL TREE
BOULDERS
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
PERENNIALS
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
EVERGREEN SHRUBS
STEEL EDGER
DRYLAND
SEED MIX
KEY MAP
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE PLAN
City of
fcgov.com/engineering Engineering LANDSCAPE PLAN 11
L3
L1 L2
L3
MULBERRY STREET (SH14)
SOUTH LEMAY AVENUE
0' 10' 20' 40'
BHA Design Incorporated
1603 Oakridge Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525
voice: 970.223.7577
www.bhadesign.com
MULBERRY ST OVER POUDRE RIVER (PAGE 1 OF 2)
SLOPE IN DIRECTION ON DRAINAGE REFER TO
BRIDGE TYPICAL SECTION
2. SURFACE OF CONCRETE SHALL HAVE MEDIUM
BROOM FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
SEE PLAN FOR CONCRETE STAIN COLORS
BRIDGE DECK
1"
SCALE 1/2" = 1'
LANDSCAPE MEDIAN SECTION
3
SCALE 1" = 1'
MASONRY LANDSCAPE WALL (DRY STACK) - SECTION
1
BHA Design, Inc.
(970) 223-7577
N.T.S.
MEDIAN SAW CUT JOINT, TYP.
2
184
SHEET 184